guide to full time courses 2015-16

COURSES FOR REAL CAREERSFURTHER EDUCATION GUIDE 2015/16

4-5 WELCOME TO CENTRAL6-7 COURSES FOR REAL CAREERS8 THINGS YOU MIGHT NOT KNOW ABOUT COLLEGE9 CENTRAL LIFE10-11 GET INVOLVED12-13 SPORT ACADEMIES14-15 ANNUAL AWARDS EVENING16-17 JOIN THE CONVERSATION - SOCIAL MEDIA18-19 IT’S YOUR FUTURE, OWN IT - STUDY OPTIONS TO SUIT YOU20-21 LEVELS & QUALIFICATIONS EXPLAINED22 YOUR NEXT STOP - IMPROVED TRANSPORT LINKS23 SALON CENTRAL24-25 CONNECT EVENTS26 HAVE YOU CONSIDERED AN APPRENTICESHIP?27 AUTO CENTRAL28-29 CENTRAL CONTRIBUTES30 DO THINGS YOUR WAY - PERSONALISED GUIDE31 APPLY ONLINE

34-43 ACCESS TO HIGHER EDUCATION44-113 APPRENTICESHIPS114-125 ART, DESIGN & PHOTOGRAPHY126-151 AUTOMOTIVE152-169 BUSINESS & COMMERCE170-179 CHILDCARE & EARLY YEARS180-189 COMPUTING190-225 CONSTRUCTION226-241 DIGITAL MEDIA242-251 ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY252-257 ENGLISH FOR SPEAKERS OF OTHER LANGUAGES (ESOL)258-265 FOUNDATION FOR APPRENTICESHIPS & WORK266-269 GCSEs270-291 HAIR & BEAUTY292-299 HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE300-309 HORIZONS310-317 HOSPITALITY & CATERING318-323 PUBLIC SERVICES324-337 SCIENCE338-353 SPORT354-359 TRAVEL & TOURISM

360-361 HIGHER EDUCATION362-363 STUDENT SUPPORT364-365 STUDENT FINANCE366-367 LOCATIONS368 BUS ROUTES369 OTHER GUIDES AVAILABLE

YOU

R C

OU

RSE

SA

BO

UT

CEN

TRA

LOT

HER

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

PLEASE NOTE

Although every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of this publication, it is intended for guidance only. The College reserves the right to withdraw or change classes or fees as necessary. For further information please refer to our website.

Sources for the information in this guide include: AoC College Key Facts 2014/15; www.mides.rcu.co.uk; CITB; Edge Foundation/IPPR Winning the Global Race?; Nottingham City Council 2011 Census Nottingham City Key Statistics.

www.centralnottingham.ac.uk

Central College Nottingham is the new name for South Nottingham College.

centralnottingham.ac.uk [email protected] 914 6414

facebook.com/centralnottinghamtwitter.com/centralcollnott

3

If you’re reading through this Guide, you’re probably thinking about the next stage in your life – one that’s going to develop your knowledge and skills, and helps you shape the future you want. Well, we hope you’ll choose to come and make that journey with us, and here are some of the reasons why.

At Central, our courses cover a wide range of subject areas, so you can get on the right path for the career you want. And, depending on the qualifications you already have, we can help you to get started on the level that’s right for you.

In this Further Education Guide we have listed the subject areas for school leavers. The Guide provides a summary of each area and course listings to give you an insight into the College and the opportunities there are for you

We’ve also included some of the other information we think will be helpful, giving you a flavour of what else you can get involved in at Central and the support that’s available.

To explore any subject or course in more detail, please have a look at our website, or feel free to contact us if you need any help or advice. On the website you can also order your own personalised guide that enables you to choose just the sections you are interested in, so you get a tailor-made guide with full course details posted directly to you.

Coming to College is an exciting time and it is not just about getting the qualifications you need but also about enhancing your life skills and experiences, and getting the job or further learning opportunities you want. We are always investing in our facilities and our staff and aim to provide you with a vibrant, friendly and diverse learning environment, where you will experience an education that is supportive and engaging and helps you achieve the career you want.

We look forward to seeing you soon!

4 5

• Offering courses that meet the needs of industry: we constantly work with businesses and relevant organisations so our courses are up to date and we’re providing you with the skills and knowledge employers are looking for in their future employees.

• Giving you hands-on experience while you’re on your course: whether you’re on an academic programme or a more practical course, you’ll get to work on industry-relevant projects, developing a wider set of skills we know employers value.

• Investing in industry standard training facilities: from our commercially run hair and beauty salons and car service centre to kitchens at Trent Bridge, and an extensive fabrication and welding centre and new photography studios, to a real aircraft cabin interior - we make sure you’re training with the equipment you’ll be using in the workplace.

• Having tutors who have worked in industry: you’ll find most of your tutors have years of experience working in the trade or business you’re learning, and started out just like you. They’ll give you valuable industry insights, as well as teaching you the skills and knowledge you need.

• Helping you to develop social skills and confidence: as a Central student you’ll be able to join a range of groups for trips and activities, take part in inter-college or even national competitions, and learn in an environment that supports your personal, as well as academic, development.

This guide highlights Central’s range of vocational qualifications, but what are vocational qualifications? Vocational qualifications are all about the world of work and cover a range of jobs, industries and professions, and the good news is that going forward even more employers will be looking to recruit people with these skills. In fact, nine out of the 10 most in-demand occupations of the future could be open to you if you have vocational qualifications.

Even more good news is that many employers view 17 to 18-year-old college leavers as better prepared for work than school leavers of the same age. And we want to make sure they’re right; at Central, we’re committed to ensuring our students are ready to get that job and start work. The ways we do this include:

Our 2013 Ofsted inspection recognised the College for:

Steven, Level 3 Business

Meymona, GCSE Biology, Chemistry, Physics, History and Maths.

Matthew, Level 3 Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Apprenticeship

Shelby, Level 2 Bench Joinery Apprenticeship

Anma, Level 2 Hairdressing

Emma, Level 3 Sport

and

6 7

Students get a lot of practical, hands-on experience as well as classroom based lessons.

Our courses are very careers focused which is invaluable when it comes to applying for a job.

Students get the chance to go on trips in the UK and sometimes even overseas as part of their course.

We have great links with employers. There are often opportunities for work related learning which can lead to job opportunities.

Many of our tutors have worked in the industry in which they teach bringing real life experience to the course.

We have a large team of student support workers who are on hand to help students with any issues they have at college.

We offer Entry Level to University Level courses. Our University Level courses are £3000 a year less than some Universities.

With high quality industry standard and specialist facilities we aim to prepare you for the world of work.

Whatever your qualifications, skills and knowledge we have a course that could suit you.

£75 BILLIONFurther Education students aged

19+ generate an additional

for the national economy through the course of their lives

Nationally MORE 16-18 YEAR OLDS STUDY AT COLLEGE than at school

A LEVELS

BTECLEVEL 3

You don’t need A Levels to go to University. Level 3 vocational courses can be equivalent to

A Levels

With all the changes in education, finding information about options at 16+ can often be difficult and confusing. One area of confusion is the new ‘school leaving age’ and what this means. You may have heard of the phrases “school leaving age”, “raised participation age” and “compulsory education” – they all mean the same thing, young people must now remain in education or training up to the minimum age of 17 and this will increase to 18 from 2015.

Some people think that raising the compulsory education age means young people have to stay in school….it doesn’t.

There are a number of choices you can make including going to College or starting an apprenticeship.

More employers view 17-18 year old College leavers

BETTER pREpARED fOR wORkthan school leavers of the same age

8 9

SITE FORUMS & STUdENT COUNCILThe Site Forums are made up of course representatives from all tutor groups across the College. The Forum enables students to ‘have their voice’ and make changes to their course and the College. There is also a Student Council which is made up of representatives from the Site Forums and they meet every term to discuss College-wide issues.

There is an active Learner Involvement Team to enhance your College experience.Some of the things they do that you can get involved in are:

• Freshers’ Fair - competitions, meet local businesses, giveaways, games and prizes

• Student Conference - class rep training at an exclusive venue

• Healthy Colleges - being fit and active, healthy diets and lifestyle and looking after your sexual health

• SUStrans - bike rides, teach you how to fix your bike and safe places to ride in Nottingham

• Barclay’s Money week - develop money skills; enter a national competition with a trip to London

• Sport enrichment - football, netball, badminton• Winning awards – Student Rep of the Year• Building confidence – public speaking skills, self-esteem,

assertiveness, independence and networking• Raising money for Charity – Race for Life, Children In Need,

Oxfam• Hearts and Minds – learn about different cultures and

beliefs• Social Parties – celebrate the end of the year in style

As well as studying on your chosen College course, there are a wealth of additional opportunities open to you.

Keep up to date with what we’ve got going on by joining us on social media or checking our website.

10 11

The College has an excellent reputation for sporting and academic achievement. We strive to bring students together who seek to develop their sporting potential within our wide range of Sport Academies. Each Academy is led by staff with a wealth of knowledge and experience which supports the holistic development of the student athlete.

ENTRY REqUIREMENTS FOR ACAdEMIESFor entry into the Sports Academy, students must be enrolled on a full-time course, and attain minimum academic entry requirements.Students under 19 years can participate in competitions for the College. Students over 19 can train with the squads but cannot participate in BCS competitions.All Academies are monitored carefully and training and playing is dependent on students’ academic progress and commitment. If you think you’ve got what it takes, contact the College for more information. The Academies are closely linked to and benefit strongly from the experience of the College’s range of full-time courses in Sport and Fitness.

THE ACAdEMY OFFERS:

• An intensive training programme with first class coaching with dedicated and experienced staff

• Regular fixtures and competition in the British Colleges of Sport (BCS) structure providing a match day experience within high level competitions

• The sports currently offered in the Central Academy include football (male and female), hockey and rugby

• Other individual sports can be offered to students with the opportunity to compete in BCS regional and national competitions

• The men’s Football Academy is run in partnership with Basford FC which incorporates a team in the prestigious Football Conference Youth Alliance

• Opportunities to gain internationally recognised coaching qualifications

• Full-time academic study programme in a wide range of subjects with potential work placements at regional professional sports clubs

• Central Sports Academy will assist with applications to USA College & University Sport

• Visits to major sporting events and venues

• Opportunities to coach/lead at schools and clubs in the local community

• Additional academic tutor support

12 13

Hundreds of Central’s students and staff attended Central’s annual End of Year Awards dinner at the East Midlands Conference Centre in summer 2014, where Sport student, Emma Phillips, scooped the Overall Student of the Year prize.

This glittering event runs each year to enable the College to formally recognise and celebrate the unique achievements of many of its students, from all areas of the College, and across all levels of study.

The ceremony was hosted by Capital FM’s Dino and Pete and supported by BBC Radio Nottingham’s Mark Dennison.

You can see photos from the event on Facebook. /centralnottingham

14 15

Everyone has a different learning style but no matter what your’s is we have something to offer you.

These courses are for the type of person who would prefer to be involved in a work-related, hands on, practical course but still be based in College full-time. You will have the opportunity to experience specific skills whilst at the same time working towards a qualification that can lead you into a job or university.

You might be ready to enter the world of work, earning a wage and leaving the classroom behind. If these appeal then one of our Apprenticeships would be perfect for you.

You may be working towards or have some qualifications already relating to the courses you are interested in. The majority of our courses have some entry requirements, so to get to grips with what different qualification levels Central offers, and what might suit you.

We are always asked by so many young people – What should I study?

To answer this question we have some tips for you…

Find a course which matches your interests, career aspirations and talents! Studying something that you enjoy or feel passionate about is a great route to success. Central will give you the opportunity to study something you have always been interested in.

Think about how best you work… are you creative, do you want to remain in the classroom, or are you ready for the world of work?

Explore all the options, Central does courses that allow you to learn in a classroom, a workplace and practical settings.

Be organised. You have the time to do some research and look at all the options. Work backwards; find out what courses and qualifications you need to do your dream job!

Your initial ideas are bound to change, but don’t worry and don’t be afraid to follow your heart. We have a Progression Team who can give you expert information, advice and guidance on these hard decisions. We are here to help so don’t be afraid to ask, just call 0115 914 6414 or email [email protected]

Choosing a subject area can be difficult so at Central we put on ‘Taster Sessions’ so you can ‘have a go’ before you decide. Have a look at our website, centralnottingham.ac.uk/events to book a session.

18 19

At Central College Nottingham we offer a range of courses from Entry Level through to Level 5. This Further Education Guide lists the courses that are available from Entry Level through to Level 3. Our Higher Education Guide lists courses that are available at Level 4 and 5.

Depending on what qualifications you already have or don’t have we will help you choose the right level qualification to enrol onto. The diagram opposite offers a description, types of qualification and helps to explain the entry requirements for each level. If you need any extra support on understanding this please feel free to come in and speak to one of our Progression Advisors. Entry requirements for individual courses may vary.

5 GCSEs at grades C or above including Maths

and/or EnglishOr

A First Diploma with a Distinction/Merit and

GCSE Level 2 in Maths and English

4 GCSEs at grade C or above/Functional Skill Level

2 English and/or MathsOr

A First Diploma with a Merit

Level 3 courses allow you to further develop skills and knowledge which can be applied to a number of tasks within a specific area of learning.

BTEC Extended diploma (equals 3 A levels)

BTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma (equals 1.5 A levels)

BTEC Subsidiary diploma (equals 1 A level)

4 GCSEs or equivalent at grade d or above, one being English or Maths

Or Level 1 qualifications with

a Merit

Level 2 courses allow you to develop skills and knowledge within a specific area of learning.

Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICTGCSE (A*-C)BTEC First diplomaNVq Level 2BTEC Level 2

2 GCSEs or equivalent at grade G or above

Some courses have no entry requirements

and accept on initial assessment of English and

Maths results

Level 1 courses will give you an introduction to a subject giving you the opportunity to improve your understanding.

Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICTGCSE (D-G)BTEC Level 1 (Award, Certificate, Diploma)NVq Level 1

No formal qualifications.

Entry Level courses will help you develop basic skills and knowledge. These are ideal for those people who do not have any existing qualifications.

Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT

Personal & Social developmentInterview is

essential.

20 21

City to BeestonAPPROX

City to CliftonAPPROX

City to HighfieldsAPPROX

BEESTON - HIGH ROAD CHILWELLFor bookings call 0115 884 2434

CITY- WHEELER GATE For bookings call 0115 914 6302

By September 2015 it will be even easier to get to some of our centres when the new tram lines are fully open.

Our Beeston Centre will have a stop right outside!

Our Clifton centre will be a 5 minute walk from Southchurch Drive.

Our Highfields Centre will be accessible a few minutes from stops on University Boulevard.

Anyone living on the new lines will be able to get direct to our Maid Marian Way centre.

For more information on the new tramlines log on to www.thetram.net

Central’s Hair and Beauty students get exceptional training in two industry-standard, commercial environments. Our state-of-the-art salons in Nottingham City Centre on Wheeler Gate, and in Beeston, offer Hair and Beauty treatments to the public at a fraction of the cost often associated with salon treatments.

Why not call in and find out for yourself?

22 23

TUESDAY 14 OCTOBER 2014

Choosing a subject area can be difficult so at Central we put on Taster Events so you can ‘have a go’ before you decide.

Have a look at our website centralnottingham.ac.uk/tasters to book a session

For large school groups we can also

arrange bespoke sessions to meet the interests of the group.

If schools wish to book a group session, arrange a College tour for their students or have any other requests, please contact the Events team on 0115 945 7265 or email: [email protected]

4.30-7.00PMBEESTON & STAPLEFORD

wEDNESDAY 15 OCTOBER 20144.30-7.00PMMAID MARIAN WAY & LONDON ROAD

THURSDAY 16 OCTOBER 20144.30-7.00PMCLIFTON & HIGHFIELDS

TUESDAY 24 MARCH 20154.30-7.00PMMAID MARIAN WAY & LONDON ROAD

wEDNESDAY 25 MARCH 20154.30-7.00PMCLIFTON & HIGHFIELDS

THURSDAY 26 MARCH 20154.30-7.00PMBEESTON & STAPLEFORD

24 25

It is a competitive world out there and you might have heard the word Apprenticeship more than once over the last few years from your school, parents or on the TV.

An Apprenticeship is a real job with a salary. You will follow a training framework that enables you to work towards a nationally recognised qualification and you will be able to create a CV that any future employer would be impressed with.

Apprenticeships take between 1 and 4 years to complete and cover a massive range of job sectors.

Central’s commercial training repair centre on London Road offers motorists great value diagnostic testing, servicing and repairs on their vehicle. Using the latest industry-standard equipment, our students get hands-on, commercial experience under the direction of highly qualified tutors who have many years working in the automotive industry.

OPENING2015

auto-central.co.uk

26 27

The College’s Balls to Poverty programme has been running for ten years now and goes from strength to strength. It raises money to buy footballs and rugby balls to take out to South Africa and Uganda to donate to kids in deprived townships. It is estimated the project has touched the lives of over a million people to date with over 30,000 balls being purchased and distributed. To join the programme students have to do well on their course and show commitment and dedication. As well as fundraising to buy the balls, students are encouraged to return to their local communities and schools to coach and talk about their trip.To date over 300 students and 100 staff have taken part in the programme. The programme won a Queen’s Award in 2011.

The College helped open the Institute of Travel and Tourism of The Gambia (ITTOG) in 2007.Our travel and tourism department has a long standing relationship with the Gambia with students travelling there every year to learn more about how the country’s tourism industry operates.College students fundraise during the year (including organising an end of year Gambia Festival) to help a Gambian student come over to study at the College on a scholarship.In 2012, the College and ITTOG won a Virgin Holidays Responsible Tourism Award for Best Engagement with People and Cultures. This is the first time a college has won this prestigious award, which is usually awarded to a travel and tourism company.The project was also shortlisted for a World Tourism award in 2014.

Fair Futures is a supported employment pathway programme and helps give College students with disabilities and/or learning difficulties valuable work experience in departments within the College. Students are offered the opportunity to apply to undertake a short personalised placement to fit alongside their studies. The aim of the programme is to allow students the opportunity to get a feel for “full-time work” whether this is as an IT technician, Administrator or a Designer. Students get help with their CV and application and go through a realistic interview process.

The scheme is a fantastic way for students to get a real taste of the world of work – and who knows where it could lead…

The Clothes Bank project gives disadvantaged College students access to clean clothes and toiletries donated by College staff. The Clothes Bank fulfils a genuine need and has helped support 120 students during the 2013/14 academic year with plans to expand the project again this year. Some students would not have been able to continue with their studies had it not been for the donations.Over the academic year College staff hold a variety of fundraising events to raise money for the clothing bank charity.

Contributes Central is the College’s charity arm that allows students to get involved in a number of initiatives including Balls to Poverty, ITTOG (Gambia), Fair Futures and the Clothes Bank.The key objectives for Contributes Central are to support social cohesion, to inspire the community and to provide role models for the people of Nottingham.

Inset: HRH The Queen presents the Award to College Principal Malcolm Cowgill

28 29

IT ONLY TAKES

TO SECURE YOUR FUTURE

It’s now even easier to apply for a course at Central with our new and easy-to-use on-line application form.

30 31

MAID MARIAN WAY

Criminology and LawEngineeringHumanities (incorporating Social History)Nursing and MidwiferyPre-AccessScienceSocial Sciences (incorporating Law)

An Access to Higher Education Diploma is for you if you want to go to university, but don’t have the usual qualifications, such as A-levels, or you are returning to education after a break. The Access to HE Diploma is widely accepted by universities as an appropriate entry qualification for most undergraduate courses or for those seeking employment.

At Central College we deliver various highly successful programmes that will prepare you for a range of vocations and undergraduate programmes of study.

Entry criteria vary, dependent on the pathway, but most programmes require a minimum of GCSE English Language A*- C for September 2015 entry. An opportunity may be available for you to study GCSE Maths alongside your main programme.

Please be aware that most universities require GCSE Maths and English A*-C for entry. Additionally, GCSE Science is often required for Primary Education.

24+ Advanced Learning Loans and Bursaries may be available and for students going on to Higher Education courses, the loan for Access courses may be written off. See the student finance section for more information

34 35

duration 1 year full-timeHow to apply Application form

Location Maid Marian Way

Criminology and LawLevel 3

I would like a career in: The legal profession or related areas such as social work or youth justice.

What will I be doing? You will be studying an academic qualification which leads to a range of academic and vocational undergraduate programmes. It is suitable for you if you are returning to learning after a break from education.

You will be studying modules and subject areas which include:

• Criminology

• Law

• Sociology

• Psychology

• Civil law

What do I need to get on the course? You are will need to have GCSE English Language A* to C as a prerequisite to entry. GCSE Maths A* to C is desirable, however, there may be an opportunity to study this alongside your main programme. All applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, prior to your interview, and you must be able to demonstrate current skills at Level 2. You will need to bring evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved to your interview. GCSE English and Maths A* to C are usually required for entry into university.

How do I pass the course? Learning is assessed in a variety of methods to prepare you to study at university. This may include an extended essay, timed assessments under controlled conditions and report writing.

What will my qualification be?

• CAVA Access to HE Diploma

What essential information do I need to know? The Access to Higher Education Diploma is approved by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA).

What can I do when I finish the course? Undergraduate programmes of study at university in law, criminal justice, business law, social work and psychology.



EngineeringLevel 3

I would like a career in: Engineering.

What will I be doing? You will focus on underpinning knowledge within maths, physics and related subjects. Access to Higher Education Diplomas aim to ensure that you are well prepared for university study as well as future employment so, in addition to studying core subjects, you will cover units to develop study skills and academic writing. If you are returning to learning after a break from education, then this course could be for you.

What do I need to get on the course? You must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English and Maths A* to C and successfully complete an initial literacy and numeracy assessment prior to your interview, evidencing skills at Level 2. You will need to bring to your interview evidence of any qualifications you may have achieved.

How do I pass the course? Learning is assessed in a variety of methods to prepare you to study at university. This may include an extended essay, timed assessments under controlled conditions and report writing.



What essential information do I need to know? A number of extra-curricular activities and trips are offered to enhance the learning experience and there is likely to be a cost if you wish to take part.

What can I do when I finish the course? The course will be sufficiently broad enough to allow you to progress into most aspects of engineering, including mechanical, civil, electrical and renewable / environmental engineering (but not chemical engineering).



Nursing and MidwiferyLevel 3

I would like a career in: Nursing or Midwifery.

What will I be doing? Access to Higher Education Diplomas aim to ensure that you are well prepared for university study as well as future employment, therefore additional subjects of Study Skills and academic writing are delivered. If you are returning to learning after a break from education, then this course is for you.

The main focus of the programme is Human Biology and you will study subjects including:

• Human Biology

• Sociology

• Psychology

• Study Skills

• Maths within a Nursing Context

What do I need to get on the course? You must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English Language at grade A* to C. Maths at A* to C is desirable but not essential as this may be studied alongside the main programme. You will need to undertake a literacy and numeracy assessment prior to your interview to demonstrate your current skills at Level 2. Also, you will need to bring evidence of any other qualifications you have achieved. GCSE Maths and English are both required for entry to university.

How do I pass the course? Learning is assessed in a variety of methods to prepare you to study at university. These may include an extended essay, timed assessments under controlled conditions and report writing.




What can I do when I finish the course? You can progress on to a range of academic and vocational undergraduate programmes within Nursing and other Healthcare professions. You can also pursue Nursing, Midwifery, Paramedic and related Healthcare occupations.



Humanities (incorporating Modern Social History)Level 3

I would like a career in: Social Work, Health and Social Care and Youth Work.

What will I be doing? The programme comprises of sociology, psychology and modern social history with the common theme of prejudice integrated through each curriculum area.

You will cover subjects including:

• Psychology

• Sociology

• History

You will have the opportunity to take part in activities including visits to the Imperial War and Natural History museums and a possible residential trip to France and Belgium.

What do I need to get on the course? You must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English Language at grade A* to C. An opportunity may exist for you to undertake GCSE Maths alongside this qualification. You will need to undertake a literacy and numeracy assessment prior to your interview to demonstrate your current skills at Level 2. To your interview you will need to bring evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.





What can I do when I finish the course? You can go on to a broad range of undergraduate degrees in Humanities including Psychology, Sociology, History, Politics and International Relations. You can also study vocational degrees such as Social Work, Health and Social Care and Youth Work.



ScienceLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Science industry.

What will I be doing? Access to Higher Education Diplomas aim to ensure that you are well prepared for university study as well as future employment, therefore the additional subject of Study Skills is delivered. If you are returning to learning after a break from education, then this course could be for you.

The main focus of the Science course is Chemistry but it also covers Biology and Maths. You will focus on underpinning knowledge within Maths, Chemistry, Biology and Human Biology.

What do I need to get on the course? You must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English and Maths at grade A*to C. All applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, prior to your interview, demonstrating current skills at Level 2. You will need to bring evidence of any qualifications you may have achieved to your interview.

How do I pass the course? A range of assessment methods are used to demonstrate that learning outcomes have been achieved and to help prepare you for study at university. These may include an extended essay, timed assessments under controlled conditions and report writing.



Additionally students achieving the Science Access diploma will qualify for Student Fellowship of the Royal Society of Chemistry.

What can I do when I finish the course? The majority of our students who achieve their Access to HE Diplomas progress onto Science and Health Sciences undergraduate programmes of study, many of them with local universities.



Pre-Access - Generic and Business Level 2

What will I be doing? This qualification is intended for you if you have no formal qualifications and need to develop your skills and knowledge before progressing onto an Access to Higher Education Diploma. It is suitable for you if you are returning to learning after a break from education.

Subjects you undertake are varied but will include:

• GCSE Maths

• GCSE English

• Reed / NCFE Certificate in Employability

• GCSE Sociology - optional

Why is studying English and Maths important? English and Maths are an essential part of your studies and will help you succeed on your course. These subjects will help you develop confidence and the key employability skills that all employers now look for when recruiting.

What do I need to get on the course? No formal qualifications are required however you must be able to show your ability to develop your skills and work towards a Level 2 standard, A to C at GCSE. All applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, prior to your interview. Also, you will need to bring evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is through a combination of GCSE examinations and Reed / NCFE Certificate. A portfolio of work will also be required.


• GCSE and Reed / NCFE Certificates

What can I do when I finish the course? When you have successfully completed the programme you will be able to progress onto all Access to HE pathways in addition to other Level 3 programmes of study.

IMAGE OF ACCESS TO HEIMAGE



Social Sciences (incorporating Law)Level 3

I would like a career in: Social Work, Health and Social Care, the Criminal Justice System or Youth Work.

What will I be doing? This qualification can lead you to a broad range of academic undergraduate degrees within Psychology, Sociology and International Relations, and also vocational degrees such as Social Work, Health and Social Care, and Criminal and Youth Work. If you are returning to learning after a break from education, then this is the course for you.

You will be studying subjects including:

• Psychology

• Sociology

• Law

• Health and Social Care

What do I need to get on the course? You must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English Language at grade A* to C. An opportunity may exist to undertake GCSE Maths alongside your qualification. A literacy and numeracy assessment is required prior to interview to demonstrate current skills at Level 2.

To your interview you will need to bring evidence of any qualifications you may have achieved.





What can I do when I finish the course? You will be able to go on to a variety of undergraduate degree programmes within Psychology, Sociology, International Relations, Social Work, Health and Social Care, Criminal Justice and Youth Work.

Accounting Auto Electrical & Mobile Electrical Automotive Customer Advisor Barbering Beauty Therapy Bench Joinery Bricklaying Building Maintenance Business & Administration Caravan & Motorhome Maintenance Children’s & Young People’s Workforce Cleaning and Support Service Skills Construction Operations Contact Centre Operations Customer Service Dental Nursing Dental Technician Electrical Engineering Enterprise Hairdressing Health & Social Care Horticulture IT, Software, Web & Telecoms Laboratory Technician Nail Services Painting & Decorating Pharmacy (Dispensing) Assistant Pharmacy Services Plastering Playwork Plumbing Retail Site Carpentry Social Media Spa Therapy Services Supporting Teaching & Learning in Schools Sport Vehicle Accident Repair Vehicle Damage Assessment Vehicle Parts Warehousing & Storage

Apprenticeships are a great way to study for a nationally recognised qualification, get on-the-job training in the workplace and earn money while you learn.

You will be employed by a local company in your chosen area of work. Learning for the Apprenticeship will take place either in College one day a week, or it can be done in your workplace.

As an apprentice you’ll build up knowledge and develop your skills in the workplace, which will enable you to produce evidence for your qualification. The Apprenticeship qualification is made up of several different components; this includes assessing your competency within the workplace, the technical knowledge of your specific industry and a functional skills element of Maths, English and ICT, if required.

Apprenticeships at Central College are offered from Level 2 (Intermediate) and there is the opportunity for you to progress to a Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship.

If you would like to look at the vacancies we currently have available visit our website www.centralnottingham.ac.uk

• Register on the National Apprenticeship website www.apprenticeships.org.uk

• Register with us directly at the College www.centralnottingham.ac.uk/apprenticeshipform

• Begin approaching organisations with your CV to find out if they recruit Apprentices to try and secure yourself a placement

£2.73 per hour is the National Apprenticeship minimum wage for anyone aged 16-64 in the first year of their Apprenticeship.

If you are 19+ you will be on National Minimum Wage for your age range after 12 months, although some companies may pay you more.

To find out more about Apprenticeships visit centralnottingham.ac.uk/apprenticeships

New courses become available throughout the year. Visit centralnottingham.ac.uk/apprenticeships for up-to-date details.

44 45

duration 12 monthsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace Maid Marian Way Beeston

Apprenticeship in AccountingLevel 2

I would like a career in: Accounts as an Accounts Assistant, Accounts Clerk, Cashier, Credit Control Clerk, Finance Assistant and Purchase / Sales Ledger Clerk.

What will I be doing? The AAT Accounting Qualification gives you practical, internationally recognised finance and accountancy skills.

All students take the following units:

• Basic Accounting 1


• Basic Costing

• Working Effectively in Accounting

• Computerised Accounting (Using Sage)

• Functional Skills in English and Maths

Why is studying English and Maths important? English and Maths are an essential part of your studies and will help you succeed on your course. These subjects will help you develop confidence and are the key employability skills that all employers now look for when recruiting.

What do I need to get on the course? You will be required to attend an assessment in English and Maths to gain a place on the course. Entry by application form only and a good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? There are three computer based exams and two computer based projects.


• AAT Level 2 Certificate in Accounting

• Level 1 Certificate in Functional Skills for English and Maths

What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. This is a demanding but interesting course which should be achieved in 12 months but will require you to complete study in your own time. Most jobs in this sector are office-based with a typical 9am to 5pm, Monday to Friday working week. It is important you are punctual, presentable and a good team player.

You will be required to attend classroom learning one day per week or two evenings per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? This course will provide you with the ability to:

• Progress onto the AAT Level 3 Diploma in Accounting

• Work in an accounting role



Advanced Apprenticeship in AccountingLevel 3

I would like a career in: Accounts as a Trainee Accounting Technician or Assistant Accountant.


The course covers:

• Accounts Preparation

• Preparing Final Accounts for Sole Traders and Partnerships

• Costs and Revenues

• Professional Ethics

• Indirect Tax

• Cash Management

• Spreadsheets



What do I need to get on the course? You will have completed the AAT Level 2 Certificate in Accounting or a Level 2 award in manual book-keeping / accounting. Fluency in written English is essential. All students will be required to attend an assessment in English and Maths to gain a place on the course. Entry by application form only and a good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? You will complete computer based exams.


• AAT Diploma in Accounting Level 3

• Level 2 Certificate in Functional Skills in English and Maths


You will be required to attend classroom learning one day per week, evening classes may be available.

What can I do when I finish the course?

• Accounting Technicians AAT Diploma Level 4

duration 18 - 24 monthsHow to apply Application form

Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Auto Electrical And Mobile ElectricalLevel 2

I would like a career in: Automotive Repair - Vehicle Electrics.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Electrical Repair industry. It provides the technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle repair facilities.

You will study both the theory and practical aspects of the following:

• Locate and Repair Simple Electrical Faults

• Fitment of Electrical Accessories

• Undertake Vehicle Inspections

• Removal and Refit of Electrical, Mechanical and Trim Components

• Materials and Tools

• Health and Safety


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Repair shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Vehicle Maintenance or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? For each module you will need to complete coursework, written assignments, practical assessments, online tests and work based observations.

What will my qualification be? You will be working towards a full IMI Frame work completion certificate, this includes:

• Vocational Related Qualification (VRQ)

• Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ)

• Functional Skills Level 1 in Maths, English and ICT

What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Auto Electrician you must be employed in a Vehicle Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria you may be able to move onto an Advanced Apprenticeship to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Auto Electrical and Mobile ElectricalLevel 3


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Electrical Repair industry. It provides the advanced technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle repair facilities.


• Fit Auxiliary Security Devices



• Diagnose and Rectify Auxiliary, Engine and Transmission Electrical Faults


• Agree Customer Service Needs



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Auto Electrical qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Auto Electrician you must be employed in an Automotive Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? You will, subject to meeting the subject criteria be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Automotive Customer Service Level 3

I would like a career in: Automotive Retail Industry - Customer Service.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Retail Customer Service industry. It provides advanced customer service and technical knowledge for people working in all types of garages and dealerships.

Modules include:

• Understanding Customer Service within the Automotive Industry

• Organise the Promotion of Services / Products to Customers in the Automotive Industry

• Improve Customer Service Delivery within the Automotive Industry

• Use Dealer Management Systems (DMS) Relevant to the Automotive Industry

• Plan, Organise and Control Customer Service Operations in the Automotive Industry

• Monitor and Resolve Customer Service Problems in the Automotive Industry

• Promote Continuous Improvement in Customer Service within the Automotive Industry



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a motor vehicle service reception carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Customer Service qualification or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? For each module you will need to complete course work, written assignments, practical assessments, online tests and work based observations.





What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Customer Advisor you must be employed in an Automotive service reception working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria you will be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Automotive Customer Service Level 2


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Retail Customer Service industry. It provides the customer service and technical knowledge for people working in all types of garages and dealerships.

• Understanding Customer Service Within the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Communicate Effectively with Customers in the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Deliver Reliable Customer Service Within the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Use Dealer Management Systems (DMS) Relevant to the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Recognise and Deal With Queries, Requests and Problems in the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Develop Customer Service Relationships in the Automotive Industry



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a motor vehicle service reception carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Customer Advisor you must be employed in a motor vehicle service reception working a minimum of 30 hours per week.


duration 1 yearHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace Wheeler Gate

Apprenticeship in Beauty TherapyLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Beauty Therapy industry.

What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 2 in Beauty as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).

Units depend on chosen route and may include:

• Facial Skin Care Treatment

• Manicure and Pedicure Services

• Shape Eyebrows and Eyelash Services

• Waxing Services

• Develop and Maintain Effectiveness at Work

• Promote Services or Products to Customers


Plus optional units related to the course.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. Level 1 in Beauty or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy is desirable but not essential. A satisfactory reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. You will need to present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• NVQ Level 2 Beauty Therapy (General Route)

• Functional Skills Maths and English Level 1

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a beauty salon. Your 30 hours includes one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. Kit costs are approximately £144.00.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Beauty Therapy

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Beauty Therapy

• Level 3 Make up Artistry Diploma

• Level 3 in Nail Technology Diploma

duration 1 year How to apply Application form


Apprenticeship in BarberingLevel 2

I would like a career in: Men’s Barbering.

What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 2 in Barbering as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).


• Perm and Neutralise Hair

• Cut Hair Using Basic Barbering Techniques

• Cut Facial Hair to Shape Using Basic Techniques

• Dry and Finish Men’s Hair

• Ensure Responsibility for Actions to Reduce Risks to Health and Safety

• Give Customers a Positive Impression of Yourself and Your Organisation

• Advise and Consult with Clients

• Shampoo, Condition and Treat the Hair and Scalp

• Fulfil Salon Reception Duties





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• NVQ Level 2 Barbering


What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a hair salon. Your 30 hours include one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. Kit costs are approximately £190.00


• NVQ Level 2 Diploma in Hairdressing

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Barbering Level 3



Advanced Apprenticeship in Beauty Therapy (Massage and General)Level 3


What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 3 in Beauty Therapy (General or Massage route) as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).


• Body Massage Treatments

• Indian Head Massage

• Massage Using Pre-blended Oils

• Stone Therapy Treatments

• Body Electrical, Facial Electrical and Epilation

• Tanning

• Monitor Procedures to Safely Control Work


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. For the General route you must have an NVQ / VRQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy. For the Massage route you do not require a previous Level 2 qualification in Beauty Therapy.



• NVQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy (General Route)

• Functional Skills in Maths and English Level 2

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a beauty salon. Your 30 hours includes one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit for the Massage route costs approximately £98.00. Kits costs for the General route are yet to be confirmed.


• Higher Education

• Part-time Beauty Therapy related courses

duration 2 yearsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Bench JoineryLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Construction industry.

What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bench Joiner. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Bench Joinery. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

The apprenticeship is made up of the following elements:

• NVQ 2 in Bench Joinery

• Level 2 Diploma in Bench Joinery

• Employment Rights and Responsibilities (ERR)

• Personal Learning and Thinking Skills (PLTS)



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades D or above including English and/or Maths or agreed equivalents. You need to show that you are committed, and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the Company you work for.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio.


• NVQ Level 2 in Bench Joinery


• Level 1 Functional Skills English and Maths

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Bench Joiner before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools /machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, good performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery.


Location Workplace



What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bench Joiner. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Bench Joinery. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including maths and/or English or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College.





• Level 2 Functional Skills in English and Maths

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Bench Joiner before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? After gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities for you to progress into occupational work supervision, management, Higher Education or technical support areas.

Further study could include:

• HNC / HND

• Foundation Degree

• Construction and the Built Environment

• Construction Management

• Conservation and Restoration


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in BricklayingLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Bricklayer.

What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bricklayer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Bricklaying. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 2 in Bricklaying

• Level 2 Diploma in Bricklaying





What do I need to get on the course? You will need to have 4 GCSEs at grades D or above including English and/or Maths or agreed equivalents. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the Company you work for.



• NVQ Level 2 in Bricklaying



What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Bricklayer before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools /machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? With a satisfactory tutor recommendation, good performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Bricklaying.


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in BricklayingLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bricklayer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Bricklaying. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

The Apprenticeship is made up of the following elements:







What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Bricklaying. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.








Further study areas include:

• HNC / HND






Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Building MaintenanceLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Maintenance Operative. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Building Maintenance. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 2 in Building Maintenance

• Level 2 Diploma in Building Maintenance





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades D or above including English and/or Maths or agreed equivalents. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the Company you work for.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio of evidence.





What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Maintenance Operative before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? There is no Advanced Apprenticeship in Building Maintenance. However there is the possibility, after gaining experience in your chosen occupational area, for you to progress into Occupational Work Supervision, Management or technical support areas.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Business Administration Level 2

I would like a career in: Business Administration.

What will I be doing? You will develop and demonstrate skills and knowledge within a workplace to achieve:

• Diploma in Business Administration

• Functional Skills English, Maths and ICT at Level 1 – (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last five years).


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in an Administrative Role either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. The majority of the evidence will be generated by the Assessor observing you in the workplace. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.


• Level 2 Diploma in Business Administration

• Functional Skills English, Maths and ICT Level 1


What can I do when I finish the course? Qualification progression opportunities through Central College:

• Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship in Business and Administration

• Enterprise

• Social Media

• Digital Marketing

Career opportunities include:

• Administrator / Business Support Officer

• Office Junior

• Receptionist

• Junior Legal Secretary

• Junior Medical Secretary

• Medical Receptionist

duration Up to 18 monthsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Business Administration Level 3




• Functional Skills English, Maths and ICT at Level 2 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last five years)


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in an Administrative Role either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence from the workplace which will be assessed against the requirements of the qualification. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.




What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. This is a demanding but interesting course which should be achieved in less than 18 months but will require you to complete study in your own time. Most jobs in this sector are office-based with a typical 9am to 5pm, Monday to Friday working week. It is important you are punctual, presentable and a good team player.


• Level 4 Higher Apprenticeship in Management



• Administration Team Leader

• Office Supervisor

• Personal Assistant

• Secretary


Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Caravan And Motorhome MaintenanceLevel 3

I would like a career in: Caravan and Motorhome Maintenance.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Caravan and Motorhome industry. It provides the advanced technical knowledge for people working on Caravans and Motorhomes in all types of repair facilities.



• Carrying Out Non Structural Internal and External Repairs

• Diagnose & Rectify 12v/230V Electrical, Chassis / Running Gear and Gas Appliance Faults



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Caravan and Motorhome qualification, or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? For each module you will need to complete coursework, written assignments, practical assessments, online tests and work based observations. You will have the advantage of an online e-learning package to help you achieve your target.

What will my qualification be? You will be working towards a full IMI Framework completion certificate, this includes:




What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Caravan and Motorhome Technician you must be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair Shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Caravan And Motorhome MaintenanceLevel 2


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Caravan and Motorhome industry. It provides the technical knowledge for people working on Caravans and Motorhomes in all types of repair facilities.



• Carrying Out Routine Maintenance

• Removal and Refitting of Electrical, Chassis and Running Gear Components




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Level 1 Motor Vehicle qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Caravan and Motorhome Technician you must be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair Shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria be able to move onto an Advanced Apprenticeship to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Workplace and Maid Marian Way

Apprenticeship in Children’s and Young People’s WorkforceLevel 2

I would like a career in: Working with children.

What will I be doing?

• Children’s and young person’s development

• Maintain and support relationships with children and young people

• Contribute to the support of positive environments for children and young people

• Understand partnership working in services for children and young people

• Introduction to communication

• Introduction to equality and inclusion

• Safeguarding the welfare of children and young people

• Support children and young people’s positive behaviour

• Contribute to the support of child and young person development

• Contribute to children and young people’s health and safety

• Paediatric emergency first aid

• Managing paediatric illness and injury

You may also have to study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT dependent on your GCSE results.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at Grades D or above. A good reference will be required. You will be expected to be punctual for work and college, maintaining a professional attitude.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed in your workplace for your practical skills and you will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.


• Level 2 Certificate for the Children’s and Young People’s Workforce


What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a childcare setting for a minimum of 30 hours per week, the college can assist you with this but cannot guarantee you a job.

What can I do when I finish the course? Courses include:

• Cache Level 3 Diploma for the Children and Young People’s Workforce

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Children and Young People’s Workforce


• Nursery Assistant or Social Care Assistant


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Cleaning and Support Service SkillsLevel 2

I would like a career in: Cleaning.

What will I be doing? Cleaning and Support Service duties cover a variety of job roles within a wide range of organisations. You could work as a hygiene operative, specialist cleaner, window cleaner, caretaker, food premises cleaner and passenger transport valet.

On the Apprenticeship you will undertake:

• Certificate in Cleaning and Support Service Skills Level 2 - the choice of units will depend on your job role and duties

• Certificate in Cleaning Principles

• Employee Rights and Responsibilities

• Personal Learning and Thinking Skills

• Functional Skills Level 1 in English and Maths


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade D or above. These must include English Language or Maths or an equivalent qualification. You must also be employed as an apprentice in a suitable cleaning role.

How do I pass the course? All units on the NVQ are assessed mainly by observation of your workplace practice by an assessor. The evidence of assessments confirming competence of practice will be compiled with contributions from you and your assessor. You will sit externally set and marked multiple choice questions for the Certificate in Cleaning Principles. Functional skills is assessed through an examination.


• Level 2 Certificate in Cleaning and Support Service Skills

• Level 2 Certificate in Cleaning Principles


What essential information do I need to know? Apprentices must be employed for a minimum of 30 hours. Contracted hours include time for study.


• Employment in a cleaning role

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Cleaning


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Contact Centre Operations Level 2

I would like a career in: A Contact Centre.

What will I be doing? Units studied include:

• Using Bespoke Communication Systems

• Handling Customer Contacts through Communication Media

• Problem Solving

• Recording Contact Transactions

• Cold Calling and Selling

• Promoting the Products and Services of your Employer

• Functional Skills Maths and English at Level 1 (exempt if you have GCSE grades A* to C in the last 5 years)

You will be required to complete mandatory units and optional units which are selected based on the tasks you are required to complete as part of your job role.


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a suitable role within a Contact Centre. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview).


• Level 2 Certificate in Contact Centre Operations

• Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Contact Centre Operations

• Functional Skills English and Maths Level 1

What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. As a Contact Centre Operations Apprentice, you’ll probably work at the front end of an employer’s business activities and regularly assist customers. In most cases you’ll be making sure that customers are dealt with in a positive, reliable and pleasant way. You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. The majority of the evidence will be generated by the Assessor observing you in the workplace. Assignments will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedures in place at the workplace.


• Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship in Customer Service

You will be able to progress into a range of Contact Centre Roles including:

Customer Agent, Contact Centre Agent, Help Desk Operative, Sales Advisor, Customer Service Advisor, Outbound Sales Agent and Telephone Banking Advisor.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Construction OperationsLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Ground Worker. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Construction Operations. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 2 in Construction Operations

• Level 2 Diploma in Construction Operations






How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.





What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Ground Worker before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? There is no Advanced Apprenticeship in Construction Operations. However there is the possibility, after gaining experience in your chosen occupational area, for you to progress into Occupational Work Supervision, Management or technical support areas.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Customer ServiceLevel 2

I would like a career in: Customer Service.

What will I be doing? Most Customer Service apprentices work in retail, finance, call centres, hospitality or sport and recreation.

You will be dealing with customers face to face, in writing and by telephone. Resolving customer problems and improving customer relations, promoting the products and services of your employer, collecting customer feedback and making recommendations for improvements.

Diploma in Customer Service contains mandatory units and optional units which are selected based on your job role.

Functional Skills Maths and English at Level 1 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last 5 years).


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a role which involves interaction with customers either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.


• Level 2 Diploma in Customer Service


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. As a Customer Service apprentice, you’ll probably work at the front end of an employer’s business activities and regularly assist customers. Duties will vary between sectors, but in most cases you’ll be making sure that customers are dealt with in a positive, reliable and pleasant way. You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. The majority of the evidence will be generated by the Assessor observing you in the workplace. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.



• Administration

• Enterprise

You will be able to progress into a range of Customer Service roles in various sectors.


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Customer ServiceLevel 3


What will I be doing? This Apprenticeship teaches you the skills to provide excellent Customer Service and can be applied to hundreds of job roles across many different sectors. Most customer service apprentices work in retail, financial services, call centres, hospitality or sport and recreation.

Diploma in Customer Service at Level 3 contains mandatory units and optional units which are selected based on your job role.

You will study Functional Skills Maths and English at Level 2 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last 5 years).


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a role which involves interaction with customers either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. Evidence can be generated by observation of your workplace practice, witness testimonies, case studies or personal accounts of events. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.


• Diploma in Customer Service


What essential information do I need to know? As a Customer Service Apprentice, you will probably work at the front end of an employer’s business activities and regularly assist customers. Duties will vary between sectors, but in most cases you’ll be making sure that customers are dealt with in a positive, reliable and pleasant way. A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in your workplace.

What can I do when I finish the course? You could progress in to the following roles:

• Customer Relationship Manager

• Customer Service Coordinator

• Customer Service Team Leader

duration Approximately 3 yearsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace Maid Marian Way

Advanced Apprenticeship for dental TechniciansLevel 3

I would like a career as a: Dental Technician.

What will I be doing? The role of the dental technician is to design and manufacture dentures, dental crowns and bridges and orthodontic braces using various materials, and design and construct appliances to meet each patient’s needs. Dental technicians are members of the DCP’s (Dental Care Professionals) team and are regulated by the General Dental Council. This Apprenticeship programme will provide you with the essential qualifications to register with the General Dental Council as a dental technician.

• NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities: To complete this qualification you will need to achieve eight units, a minimum of 60 credits, of which five are mandatory units

• Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Dental Technology (QCF): All 18 units on this qualification are mandatory. The study for this is undertaken in College on a day release basis.

• Functional Skills Maths, English and ICT


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade C or above (or equivalent) including English, Maths and a Science. You will have an interview with a dexterity test.

How do I pass the course? The NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Skills is assessed in your workplace. The BTEC Extended Diploma is assessed via assignments throughout the course. A great emphasis is placed on practical dental technology skills development, as you must meet the high quality needs of employers. Functional Skills are assessed through an external examination.


• NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Skills

• BTEC Extended Diploma


What essential information do I need to know? Apprentices will be employed for a minimum of 30 hours. Contracted hours include a day release to College with the rest of the week in your workplace.


• Registration with the General Dental Council and a career as a Dental Technician



Advanced Apprenticeship in dental NursingLevel 3

I would like a career in: Dental Nursing.

What will I be doing? The role of the dental nurse is to provide ‘chair-side support’ and patient care for the dental team including Dentists, Dental Therapists, Hygienists and Technicians. Dental nurses are regulated by the General Dental Council and can be employed in general practice, hospitals or the community dental services. This Apprenticeship programme will provide you with the essential qualifications and skills to register with the General Dental Council.

This qualification contains 15 mandatory units completed via a paperless portfolio. Delivery includes workshops in the College on a day release basis and assessment in your workplace

• Award in Employment and Personal Learning Skills in Health Level 3



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs A* to C or equivalent including English and Maths.

How do I pass the course? The Diploma in Dental Nursing assessment is primarily through observation and witness testimonies, although other forms of evidence may be used. In addition you will take a multiple choice exam covering the key knowledge units. Your Functional Skills are assessed through written examination. For the Award in Employment and Personal Learning Skills in Health, assessment is via an e-portfolio.


• City and Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Dental Nursing

• Level 3 Award in Employment and Personal Learning Skills in Health


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of on the job training is undertaken in your workplace. Attendance at College is on a day release basis every other week. This is a demanding but rewarding programme, usually completed in 18 months. Apprentices must be employed for a minimum of 30 hours. Contracted hours include the day release to College.

What can I do when I finish the course? Registration with the General Dental Council and employment as a Dental Nurse. A range of post-graduate Dental Nursing related qualifications can be gained as part of the mandatory Continuing Professional Development.

duration 14 months - 18 monthsHow to apply Application form

Location Highfields New Basford - Engineering Centre

Apprenticeship in EngineeringLevel 2


What will I be doing? If you would like to work in the industry’s engineering sector then this course could be for you. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 Diploma in Performing Engineering Operations and the Level 2 Award in Industrial Environmental Awareness qualifications.

Depending on career path, one of the following routes will be chosen:

• Engineering Maintenance

• Engineering Machining / Tool making

• Electrical / Electronic Engineering

• Fabrication, Welding and Sheet Metal


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science along with successful achievement of an initial assessment. You will need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and college and attend college every week, showing a professional attitude.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will produce portfolios of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.


• Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Performing Engineering Operations

• Level 2 Award in Industrial Environmental Awareness

• Level 2 Award in Personal Learning and Thinking Skills

• Level 2 Award in Employment Rights and Responsibilities


What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to obtain employment in an engineering environment before enrolling. You will also need to find your own travel costs to placement. You will be required to wear PPE at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, good performance and proving commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level Apprenticeship.






duration 3.5 years How to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in ElectricalLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Electrical industry.

What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as an Electrician. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Installing Electro Technical Systems and Equipment. You will also study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 3 in Installing Electro Technical Systems and Equipment

• Level 3 Diploma in Installing Electro Technical Systems


• Personal Learning and Thinking Skills(PLTS)

• Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and Maths or agreed equivalent.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio.




• Level 2 Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as an Electrician before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.



• Electrical Engineering HNC course



Advanced Apprenticeship in EngineeringLevel 3


What will I be doing? If you would like to work in the industry’s engineering sector then this course could be for you. You will be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio building to compile the evidence you need for your qualifications.



• Engineering Toolmaking


• Engineering Technical Support

• Mechanical Manufacturing Engineering

• Installation and Commissioning Engineering





• Level 3 NVQ Extended Diploma

• Level 3 Technical Certificate






• Higher Apprenticeship or HNC


• Engineering Maintenance and Engineering Toolmaking





duration Up to two yearsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in EnterpriseLevel 3

I would like a career in: Entrepreneur or Intrepreneur within an Organisation.

What will I be doing? The course will support development of enterprising skills amongst new and/or existing members of staff to address the challenges and opportunities of helping to develop and grow a business in an economy with increasing levels of ambiguity and uncertainty.

Units of study include:

• Developing the Mind-set and Skills Required for Enterprise

• Developing the Innovative Entrepreneur

• Planning and Pitching a New Business Opportunity

• Business Organisation, Behaviour and Communication

• Using Enterprise Skills in the Workplace

• Leadership and Teamwork

• The Business Environment

• Achieving Work Objectives and Personal Needs



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications. You should be enthusiastic, energetic, passionate and have a ‘can do’ attitude.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio as evidence to demonstrate knowledge, understanding and competence within your workplace.


• SFEDI – Level 3 Diploma in Enterprising Skills in a Business Environment


What essential information do I need to know? You may be required to attend classroom sessions to cover the required knowledge for the programme and use the electronic portfolio to demonstrate competence in the workplace.

What can I do when I finish the course? Career opportunities include:

• Business Development Consultancy

• Enterprise Consultancy

• Business Development Executive



Advanced Apprenticeship in HairdressingLevel 3

I would like a career in: Hairdressing.

What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week for the NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing. The NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing enables you to gain a job-ready qualification based on National Occupational Standards for Hairdressing.


• Provide Hairdressing Consultation Service

• Creatively Cut Hair using a Combination of Techniques


• Monitor Procedures to Safely Control Work Operations



What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 2 Hairdressing or NVQ Level 2 in Hairdressing and Functional Skills in English and Maths at the appropriate level.



• NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing


What essential information do I need to know? You will be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week which includes one day a week in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit costs approximately £98.00.


• Part-time Hairdressing related courses



Apprenticeship in HairdressingLevel 2


What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 2 in Hairdressing as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).

Units studied include:



• Change Hair Colour

• Style and Finish Hair

• Set and Dress Hair

• Cut Hair using Basic Techniques

• Responsibility for Actions to Reduce Risks to Health and Safety

• Give Customers a Positive Impression



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D (one of which must be in English Language), or equivalent qualifications. Level 1 in Hairdressing or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy is desirable but not essential. A good reference will be required.



• NVQ Level 2 Hairdressing


What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a hair salon. Your 30 hours includes one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit costs approximately £219.00.



• Advanced Apprenticeship in Hairdressing Level 3



Advanced Apprenticeship in Health and Social CareLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Health or Social Care sector.

What will I be doing? Subject areas include:

• Promote Communication

• Engage in Personal Development

• Promote Equality and Inclusion

• Principles for Implementing Duty of Care

• Principles of Safeguarding Protection

• The Role of the Health and Social Care Worker

• Promote Person-Centred Approaches

• Promote and Implement Health and Safety

• Promote Good Practice in Handling Information

• Functional Skills English and Maths

• A range of optional units


What do I need to get on the course? You need to have 5 GCSEs at grades C or above.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Health and Social Care


• Technical Certificate

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a Health or Social Care setting. You will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You have to undergo a Disclosure and Barring Check (DBS) which your employer should pay for and supply you with a uniform.


• Level 5 Leadership and Management


• Senior Care Assistant

• Community Care Assistant

• Progression to Deputy Management



Apprenticeship in Health and Social CareLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Health and Social Care sector.


• Introduction to Duty of Care

• Introduction to Communication

• Introduction to Personal Development

• Introduction to Equality and Inclusion

• Principles of Safeguarding and Protection


• Implement Person-Centred Approaches

• Contribute to Health and Safety

• Handling Information and a range of optional units



What do I need to get on the course? You need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above.



• NVQ Level 2 in Health and Social Care



What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a Health or Social Care setting. You will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You will need to undergo a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check and is commonly paid for by your employer. You will usually be supplied with a uniform.


• BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care

• Level 3 Apprenticeship in Health and Social Care


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Information and Communications TechnologyLevel 2

I would like a career in: The IT industry as a Support Technician, Website Administrator or Helpdesk Professional.

What will I be doing? This qualification is ideal if you want to work in ICT support roles in public or private sector organisations. One of the great things about ICT is that you can work almost anywhere.

Subjects include:

• Diploma in ICT Professional Competence

• Award in ICT Systems and Principles

• Functional Skills Maths, English and ICT at Level 1 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A*-C in the last 5 years)


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate literacy, numeracy and ICT skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at Interview).

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed mainly by observation of workplace practice by an assessor. Additional evidence will be gained by verbal and/or written questioning and discussion to confirm skills and knowledge of workplace practice and procedures. These will be supplemented with witness testimonies from workplace supervisors. The evidence will be produced within an e-portfolio with contributions from both student and assessor.


• Diploma in ICT Professional Competence – Level 2

• Award in ICT Systems and Principles – Level 2


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the training and assessment is undertaken in the workplace. Alternatively workshops can be scheduled in the workplace or College environment.


• ICT Systems Support

• ICT Practitioner


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Horticulture Level 2

I would like a career in: Horticulture.

What will I be doing? Horticulture is for those working in one of the following roles relating to growing and maintaining plants: maintaining grounds used for sport and/or recreation; working in a garden centre setting selling plants and flowers to the public; or as a production worker working within glasshouses or on farms. As an Apprentice the route will be selected to match the job role and duties you are doing.

On the Apprenticeship there is one specialist qualification, Level 2 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture. This includes both competence and knowledge. Elements will be achieved through completion of the mandatory and optional units. The choice of knowledge units will depend on the role decided at the start of the course.

In addition you will study:





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade D or above. These must include English Language or Maths, or an equivalent qualification. You must also be employed as an Apprentice in a suitable horticulture role.

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed mainly by observation of your workplace practice by an assessor. The evidence of assessments confirming competence of practice will be compiled with contributions from you and your assessor. You will also complete a multiple choice assessment.


• Level 2 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture




• Gardener / Landscaper

• Garden Centre Worker

• Production Worker

• Machinery Operator

• Groundsman


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Information and Communications TechnologyLevel 3

I would like a career in: The IT industry.


Subjects include:


• Certificate in ICT Systems and Principles

In addition:

• Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT at Level 2. There are exemptions for the Functional Skills which will depend upon previously achieved qualifications




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate literacy, numeracy and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at Interview) and you should be able to meet the demands of a Level 3 qualification (the equivalent of an A level or NVQ Level 3).




• Certificate in ICT Systems and Principles – Level 3




• ICT Systems Manager

• ICT Professional



Advanced Apprenticeship in Laboratory TechnicianLevel 3

I would like a career as a: Laboratory Science Technician.

What will I be doing? This Apprenticeship is designed for trainee Laboratory and Science Technicians who carry out laboratory testing and perform a variety of technical support functions to help Scientists and other Technicians. It will enable you to develop the knowledge and skills needed in this area of work. It is also suitable for Technicians in an educational role, for example, at a school or college. You will attend College one day a week.

• NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities Level 3: four mandatory units and further optional units relevant to your specific job role

• BTEC Diploma in Applied Science Level 3: six mandatory units plus seven optional units

• Functional Skills Level 2 in English, Maths and ICT


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs A* to C or equivalent including English, Maths and Science. You must obtain an Apprenticeship job in a relevant role.

How do I pass the course? NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Skills is via continuous assessment in your workplace. Assessment includes BTEC assignments throughout the course. Your Functional skills are assessed through a written examination.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities

• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science




• HNC / HND in either Applied Chemistry or Applied Biology

• Science Technician Higher Apprenticeship



Advanced Apprenticeship in Nail ServicesLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Nail Art industry.

What will I be doing? The course is aimed at those wanting to pursue a career in Nail Technology. It is a thriving industry with great potential and this is a very popular course.

You will study mandatory units:

• Enhance and Maintain Nails using UV Gel

• Enhance and Maintain Nails using Liquid and Powder


Optional units will include some of the following:

• Develop a Range of Creative Nail Designs

• Airbrush Designs for Nails

• Prepare and Finish Nails Overlays using Electric Files

• Enhance and Maintain Nails using Nail Wrap

• Contribute to the Planning and Implementation of Promotional Activities

• Contribute to the Financial Effectiveness of the Business


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade A* to C or equivalent - one must be English Language - or a Level 2 vocational qualification in Beauty Therapy or Nails.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical observations and theory unit assessments.


• NVQ Level 3 in Nail Services

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times at College. The kit costs approximately £250.00. Order forms will be provided for these at enrolment or at the start of the course. At enrolment you will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.

What can I do when I finish the course? Progression can be in other creative courses such as Level 3 Make-up Artistry.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Painting and decoratingLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Painter and Decorator.

What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Painter and Decorator. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Painting and Decorating. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 2 in Painting and Decorating

• Level 2 Diploma in Painting and Decorating






How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.






What can I do when I finish the course? With a satisfactory tutor recommendation, good performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Painting and Decorating.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Pharmacy (dispensing) AssistantLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Pharmacy Assistant.

What will I be doing? A Pharmacy (Dispensing) Assistant undertakes a range of duties within the Pharmacy sector. These include:

• The sale of over the counter medicines

• Identifying customers’ symptoms and developing product knowledge

• Receiving prescriptions from individuals and assembling and issuing prescribed items under Pharmacist supervision.

The course will cover all the essential elements needed to carry out the role of a Pharmacy Assistant.

Subjects include:

• Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Pharmacy Service Skills (QCF): includes three mandatory units plus four optional units selected to meet your specific job role

• Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Pharmaceutical Science (QCF): includes three mandatory units plus three optional units





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade D or above. These must include English Language or an equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? NVQ Certificate in Pharmacy Service Skills is via continuous assessment in the workplace.

BTEC Certificate in Pharmaceutical Science units are assessed by assignment. Assignments are graded Pass, Merit or Distinction.

Functional Skills are assessed by external examination.


• NVQ Certificate in Pharmacy Service Skills

• BTEC Certificate in Pharmaceutical Science




• Advanced Apprenticeship in Pharmacy Level 3

• Employment as a Pharmacy Assistant


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Painting and decoratingLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Painter and Decorator. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Painting and Decorating. You will study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Painting and Decorating. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio.





What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Painter and Decorator before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.



• HNC / HND





Advanced Apprenticeship in Pharmacy ServicesLevel 3

I would like a career in: Pharmacy Services.

What will I be doing? Pharmacy Technicians, under Pharmacist supervision, assist in the supply of medicines to patients, assemble medicines for prescriptions, provide information to patients and other healthcare professionals and manage areas of medicines supply e.g. dispensaries. On successful completion of this Apprenticeship you will be able to register with the General Pharmaceutical Council.

• Level 3 Diploma in Pharmacy Service Skills (NVQ) includes 14 mandatory units and three optional units completed via a paperless portfolio and delivered in your workplace

• BTEC Diploma in Pharmaceutical Science Level 3 – this qualification contains 18 mandatory units





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs Grades A* to C in English, Maths and a Science.

How do I pass the course? Level 3 Diploma in Pharmacy Service Skills (NVQ): All units are assessed in your workplace. BTEC Diploma in Pharmaceutical Science is assessed by assignment throughout the course and graded Pass, Merit and Distinction. Functional Skills are assessed via external examinations.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Pharmacy Service Skills

• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Pharmaceutical Science


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of on the job training is undertaken in your workplace. Attendance at College is on a day release basis. You must be employed for a minimum of 30 hours in a trainee pharmacy technician role in either a hospital or community pharmacy. Contracted hours include the day release to College.


• Employment as a Pharmacy Technician in a community or hospital. Continuing Professional Development is a mandatory requirement as a Pharmacy Technician


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in PlasteringLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Plasterer.

What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Plasterer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Plastering. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 2 in Plastering

• Level 2 Diploma in Plastering










• Level 1 Functional Skill in English and Maths

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Plasterer before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools /machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation and excellent performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Plastering.



Apprenticeship in PlayworkLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Playwork sector - holiday clubs, breakfast and after school clubs.

What will I be doing? Studying the following:

• Playwork principles

• Working within a play environment with children and young people

• Supporting children and young people’s play

• Relationships in the play environment

• Health and safety in the play environment

• The safeguarding and welfare of children and young people in the play environment

• Developing own playwork and team practice

• Reflective playwork practice

• Contribute to the health, safety, security and welfare of children and young people using the play environment

• Help to improve own practice and the work of the playwork team

• Support relationships in the play environment

• Work with children and young people to create play spaces and support freely chosen self-directed play


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at Grades D or above. A good reference will be required.



• Level 2 Diploma in Playwork

• Level 2 Award in Employment Awareness in Active Leisure and Learning

• Functional skills at Level 1 in Maths and English

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a playwork setting for a minimum of 30 hours per week, the college can assist you with this but cannot guarantee you a job. Playworkers are employed by local authorities, voluntary organisations or private companies. Some jobs are seasonal, for instance in the school holidays.


• Progress onto Level 3 in Playwork


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in PlasteringLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Plasterer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Plastering. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Plastering. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.







What can I do when I finish the course? After gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities for you to progress into occupational work supervision, management, technical support areas or continue to study in the following areas:

• HNC / HND






Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in RetailLevel 2

I would like a career in: Retail as a Sales Assistant or Stockroom Assistant.

What will I be doing? Retail Assistant: Helping customers to choose products, dealing with customer queries and process payments in a range of retail environments. Helping to provide a positive and “seamless” service and to advise and support customers in the use of web-based facilities available to them in store.

Stockroom Assistant: Handling stock and deliveries, receiving, storing and picking stock for the sales floor.

Subjects will include:

• Understanding the legal and practical requirements for Sales Assistants

• Stockroom Assistants in providing a service to internal and external customers


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a suitable role. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview).

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed mainly by observation of workplace practice by an assessor. Additional evidence will be gained by verbal and/or written questioning and discussion to confirm skills and knowledge of workplace practice and procedures. These may be supplemented with witness testimonies from workplace supervisors. An electronic portfolio can be used to achieve the qualification. Online, multiple-choice questions are used to assess knowledge and understanding.


• NVQ Level 2 Certificate in Retail Skills

• Level 2 Certificate in Retail Skills


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. This is a demanding but interesting course which should be achieved in 12 months but will require you to complete study in your own time. Most jobs in this sector require employees to work weekdays and weekends, working hours will be flexible to meet the business needs of the employer. It is important you are punctual, presentable and a good team player.

What can I do when I finish the course? Career Opportunities include:

• Retail Assistant

• Stockroom Assistant


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in PlumbingLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Plumber.

What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Plumber. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Plumbing. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 2 in Plumbing

• Level 2 Diploma in Plumbing


• Level 1 Functional Skills in ICT




What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the Company you work for.






• Level 1 Functional Skill in ICT

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Plumber before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools /machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, excellent performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Plumbing.


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Site CarpentryLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Site Carpenter. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Site Carpentry. You will study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.


• NVQ 3 in Site Carpentry

• Level 3 Diploma in Site Carpentry





What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.






What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Site Carpenter before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools /machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? After gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are opportunities for you to progress into occupational work supervision, management, technical support areas or Higher Education, such as:

• HNC / HND






Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Site CarpentryLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Site Carpenter. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Site Carpentry. You will study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.















What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, excellent performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry.


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Social Media Level 3

I would like a career in: Social Media.

What will I be doing? This qualification is ideal if you want to work in an Internet Marketing or Social Media role in public or private sector organisations.

Subjects include:

• Principles of Social Media within a Business

• Principles of Keywords and Optimisation

• Social Networking Management for a Business

• Using Collaborative Technologies

• Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT at Level 2


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and you should be able to meet the demands of a Level 3 qualification (the equivalent of an ‘A’ level or NVQ Level 3).



• Level 3 Diploma in Social Media for Business


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the training and assessment is undertaken in the workplace. Alternatively, workshops can be scheduled in the workplace or College environment.


• Social Media Assistant

• Social Media Consultant

• Social Media Analyst


Location Workplace Beeston

Advanced Apprenticeship in Spa Therapy Level 3

I would like a career in: Spa Therapy.

What will I be doing? You will study the following:


• Provide Body Massage Treatments

• Provide Stone Therapy Treatments

• Promote Additional Services / Products to Customers

• Monitor Clients and the Operation of Sauna, Steam and Hydrotherapy Treatments

• Provide Body Wrapping and Flotation Treatments



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. For the general route students must have an NVQ / VRQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy.



• Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Spa Therapy


What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit for the course. Kit costs for the Spa Therapies route are yet to be confirmed.

What can I do when I finish the course? You can continue with further study on one of the following:




Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Specialist Support for Teaching and Learning in Schools Level 3

I would like a career in: Working in senior roles with children and/or young people in Primary, Secondary or Special schools.


• Understand children’s and young people’s development

• Promote positive children and young people’s behaviour

• Communication and professional relationships

• Schools as organisations

• Support learning activities

• Engage in personal development

• Develop professional relationships

• Promote equality, diversity and inclusion

• Support assessment for learning

• Support children and young people’s health and safety

• Understand how to safeguard the well-being of children and young people and a range of optional units


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at Grades D or above and/or a Level 2 Certificate Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools. You may also have to study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT dependent on your GCSE results. A good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed in your workplace for your practical skills and you will produce a portfolio of evidence to highlight your understanding of the knowledge required.


• Level 3 Diploma in Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools

• Functional Skills Maths, ICT and English Level 2

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a school for a minimum of 30 hours per week for which you will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You will need to undertake in a Disclosure and Barring check which is usually paid for by your employer.


• A Foundation Degree in Children’s and Young People’s Services

Career Opportunities include:

• Senior roles that support learning in Primary, Secondary or Special schools


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Supporting Teaching and Learning in SchoolsLevel 2

I would like a career in: Working with children and/or young people in Primary, Secondary or Special Schools.


• Introduction to communication and professional relationships with children, young people and adults

• Introduction to personal development

• Support positive children and young people’s behaviour


• Introduction to equality, diversity and inclusion in work with children and young people














• Level 2 Certificate in Supporting Teaching and Learning


What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a school for a minimum of 30 hours per week which you will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You will need to undertake a Disclosure and Barring check which is usually paid for by your employer.


• Advanced Apprenticeship in Specialist Support for Teaching and Learning in Schools


Location Workplace Clifton

Apprenticeship in SportLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry including Sports Leader / Coach, Leisure Attendants or Instructors.

What will I be doing? The majority of this programme will be undertaken within the workplace. This could be at a Leisure Centre, a School, coaching a sports team or in a gym / fitness environment.

• NVQ Level 2 (competence qualification)


• Other industry / coaching qualifications as directed by the employer

• Functional Skills in Maths and English


What do I need to get on the course? You should have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. You will need to have a contract of employment for a minimum of 30 hours per week for a 12 month period. A good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? You will be regularly assessed in the workplace and will produce an e-portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required. Assessments will include a combination of practical observations, verbal discussions, written assignments and case studies.


• NVQ Level 2 in Sport (Activity Leaders or Leisure Operations




What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to obtain employment in a Sports / Leisure setting before enrolling. You will need to fund your own travel costs to placement. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if you work for the minimum of 30 hours. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

What can I do when I finish the course? It is possible to progress onto the one of the following:

• Level 3 Apprenticeship

• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport (Development, Coaching and Fitness)

• BTEC Level 3 Diplomas in Sport, Media and Journalism or Sport, Business and Marketing

• CYQ Level 3 Diploma in Personal Training

duration 12-18 monthsHow to apply Application form


Advanced Apprenticeship in SportLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Sport industry.

What will I be doing? The majority of this course will be carried out within the workplace. This could be within a Leisure Centre, a School, coaching a sports team or a gym / fitness environment. Your classes will be delivered at the college. You will need to have a contract of employment for a minimum of 30 hours per week for a 12 month period.



• Certificate in Managing Sport Volunteers




What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades C or above. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the organisation that would employ you. A good reference will be required.



• NVQ Level 3 in Sport Development

• Level 3 Award in Employment Awareness in Active Leisure & Learning

• Level 3 Certificate in Managing Sport Volunteers



What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to obtain employment before enrolling. You will need to fund your own travel costs to placement. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if you work for the minimum of 30 hours. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

What can I do when I finish the course? On completion you may achieve a full-time position with your employer. If you wish to continue studying you will need good tutor and employer recommendations. It is possible to progress onto the one of the following:

• University Sport course



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Body) Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Panel Beater.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the advanced technical and practical needs for today’s Automotive Body Repair industry. It provides advanced and technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle body repair facilities.

The learning programme involves learners studying theory and practical aspects, including the following:

• Removing, Replacing and Repairing Structural and Non Structural Body Panels

• Identifying and Rectifying Body Misalignment

• MIG and MAG Welding Techniques

• Resistance Spot Welding Operations

• Bonding and Riveting Techniques



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Body Repair qualification or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? There will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments, ‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work. You will have the advantage of an online e-learning package to help you achieve your target.





What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Body Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria be able to move onto an Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Body) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Panel Beater.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Body Repair industry. It provides the technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle body repair facilities.


• Removing and Fitting Non-Welded Non-Structural Body Panels

• Removing and Replacing Non-Structural Body Panels

• Repairing Non-Structural Body Panels




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Vehicle Body qualification or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? For each module you will have to complete course work, written assignments, practical assessments, online tests and work based observations. You will have the advantage of an online e-learning package to help you achieve your target.





What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Body Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Met)Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Mechanical, Electrical and Trim.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the advanced technical and practical needs for today’s Automotive Body Repair industry. It provides advanced technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle refinishing facilities.

• Tools, Equipment and Materials

• Remove and Refit Mechanical, Electrical and Electronic Systems and Components

• Remove, Refurbish and Refit Trim Components

• Refrigerant Handling



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 MET qualification or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? For each module you will have to complete course work, written assignments, practical assessments, online tests and work based observations.





What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice MET Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria, be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Met) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Mechanical, Electrical and Trim.



• Removing and Re-fitting of Vehicle Mechanical Components

• Removing and Re-fitting of Vehicle Electrical Components

• Removing and Re-fitting of Vehicle Internal and External Trim




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Vehicle Maintenance qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice MET Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Multi Skilled) Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Multi Skilled Repairer.



• Mechanical, Electrical and Electronic Systems and Components


• Diagnose and Rectify Electrical Faults

• Remove and Replace Electric Vehicle Components

• Remove and Replace Structural Panels

• Repair Minor Damage to Body Panels

• Identify and Repair Vehicle Misalignment

• Identify and Rectify Paint Defects

• Apply Topcoats and Specialist Finishers



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Multi Skilled Repairer qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Multi Skilled Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Multi Skilled) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Multi Skilled.



• Vehicle Construction and Systems

• Vehicle Electrical and Hard and Soft Trim

• Removing and Fitting Welded and Non-Welded Body Panels

• Repairing Damaged Panels

• Preparing Surfaces for Painting










What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Multi-Skilled Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Paint)Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Paint Refinishing.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the advanced technical and practical needs for today’s Automotive Body Refinishing industry. It provides advanced technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle refinishing facilities.

• Working with Plastic Materials and Components

• Preparing Metal and Pre-painted Surfaces

• Establishing Paint Defects

• Applying Topcoats and Completing Refinishing including Colour Matching



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Vehicle Paint qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Paint Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Paint) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Painting.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Body Refinishing industry. It provides the technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle refinishing facilities.

• Preparing Panels to Accept Foundation and Topcoats

• Preparing and Applying Foundation Materials to Vehicles

• Repairing Minor Paint Defects




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Vehicle Paint qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Paint Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle damage AssessmentLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Vehicle Damage Assessor.


• Establish and Record Different Types of Customers and Their Needs

• Establish and Record Vehicle Data

• Appraise Damaged Vehicles and Estimate Repair Costs

• Establish the Correct Repair Methods, Vehicle Construction and Materials

• Appraise and Value Vehicles Pre-Accident Condition and Correctly Categorise Vehicle Salvage



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Motor Vehicle Service Reception carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Automotive Repair qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Vehicle Damage Assessor you must be employed in an Automotive service reception working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Parts Operations Level 2

I would like a career in: Automotive Retail Industry - Vehicle Parts Operations.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Retail Parts industry. It provides customer service and technical knowledge for people working in all types of vehicle parts supply operations.

• Giving a Positive Impression to Customers

• Identifying and Reporting Security Risks within a Vehicle Parts Environment

• Selecting and Issuing Motor Vehicle Parts

• Receiving and Storing Motor Vehicle Parts



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Motor Vehicle Parts Outlet carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Parts Consultant you must be employed in a motor vehicle parts outlet working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Warehousing and StorageLevel 2

I would like a career in: Warehousing.

What will I be doing? In your role as a Warehouse Operative you will work as part of a team. You may be required to load / unload vehicles. You will also have delegated responsibility for the correct selection and packing of customer orders, ensuring they are ready for dispatch on time.

On the Apprenticeship you will undertake a Certificate in Warehousing and Storage Level 2. This is a combined qualification that covers the knowledge and competence needed. Elements will be achieved through completion of the mandatory and optional units. The choice of knowledge units will depend on the role decided at the start of the course. In addition you will study:





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade D or above. These must include English Language or Maths or an equivalent qualification. You must also be employed as an Apprentice in a suitable warehousing role.

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed mainly by observation of your workplace practice by an assessor. The evidence of assessments confirming competence of practice will be compiled with contributions from you and your assessor.


• Level 2 Certificate in Warehousing and Storage




• Employment as a Warehouse Operative

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Warehousing


Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Parts Operations Level 3



• Giving a Positive Impression to Vehicle Parts Customers




• Processing Orders for Non-Stock Motor Vehicle Parts

• Processing Payments



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Motor Vehicle Parts Outlet carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Motor Vehicle Parts qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice you must be employed in a Automotive Parts outlet working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the criteria be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.

• CLIFTON• MAID MARIAN WAY

Art & Design Art & Design: Multi-Disciplinary Foundation Studies in Art & Design Graphic Design & Illustration Photography & Design Photography Textiles, Fashion & Decorative Arts 3D Design: Architecture

The number of people employed in photography roles, within TV/broadcast media, as product or graphic designers is estimated to increase by more than...

Central’s spacious art, design, fashion, textiles, 3D and photography studios come equipped with commercially relevant resources including state-of-the-art Apple Mac and PC multimedia suites, with up-to-date software and facilities.

We offer courses from Level 1 to Level 4 (Higher Education) providing you with excellent progression opportunities - which have been highlighted by Ofsted - either here at Central, with other HE providers, or into employment.

You will have the opportunity to be involved in creative showcases with other European countries and we offer an annual residential work placement to Karlsruhe, Germany, supporting the Eunique Trade Fair and collaborating with design students from the Carl Hofer Schule.

Our end of year shows will enable you to exhibit your work at Central and at prime Nottingham venues. Many of our previous students have won awards and your tutors will support you to submit your work and enter competitions, regionally, nationally and internationally.

114 115


Location Clifton

Art and designLevel 1

I would like a career in: The Creative industries.

What will I be doing? The 1 year BTEC Level 1 Diploma course is an important first step leading onto the Level 2 programmes in creative subjects. You will develop skills-based abilities in art, design and photography. The course includes modules in traditional art techniques, graphic design, photography, 3D craft and design and print-making. A variety of creative skills are developed by you following practical assignments. Student support is provided for students who have specific learning difficulties, hearing impairments, visual impairments and physical disabilities.

Subjects studied include:

• Explore 2D Drawing, Art and Design

• Explore 3D Crafts and 3D Fine Art

• Explore Photography

• Personal Project



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades D to F or equivalent qualifications including English Language and/or Maths. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? You will produce a portfolio of work for assessment that is regularly monitored and checked.


• BTEC Level 1 Diploma in Art and Design

What essential information do I need to know? Materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed with you at interview.

What can I do when I finish the course? Further study at Level 2 and 3 is recommended in order to further develop skills and make a wide range of career choices available.

Level 2 courses include:

• Art and Design

• Photography and Design


Location Clifton

Art and designLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course provides you with the opportunity to develop a range of skills and techniques in the fields of art, graphic design, photography and related digital media. You will work practically with a range of traditional visual arts media. You will use technical resources, software and equipment that are of a professional standard. The course allows you the chance to develop your skills and to acquire a new level of understanding about Art and Design. Individuals discover their strengths by working across a range of projects. There are visits to galleries and you will enjoy taking part in discussions about your work and the work of others.

• Drawing and Painting

• Illustration and Graphic Design

• 3D Craft and Design

• Fashion and Textiles

• Digital Media and Photography

• Print-Making



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Functional Skills in English and/or Maths at Level 1. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? You will produce a portfolio of work for continuous and ongoing assessment throughout the year. You will take external tests set by the Awarding Body.


• BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate / Diploma in Art and Design

What essential information do I need to know? Materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.


• Level 3 Extended Diploma Art and Design

• Level 3 Extended Diploma Graphic Design and Illustration

• Level 3 Extended Diploma in Textiles and Fashion

• Level 3 Extended Diploma in Photography

• Employment opportunities include a wide range of careers in the art and design industry

IMAGE OF ACCESS TO HEIMAGE

duration 2 years full-timeHow to apply Application form

Location Clifton

Art and design: Multi-disciplinaryLevel 3


What will I be doing? This is a dynamic and fast paced course which will provide you with the opportunity to explore your creative potential in both 2-dimensions and 3-dimensions in the first year and progress to chosen specialisms in year 2. Through a range of vocational and studio-based assignments, you will develop practical skills and knowledge of design principles. You will begin the course with an exciting and comprehensive exploration of interests through a series of practical workshops in multiple disciplines – more detail will be given at interview.

Subjects include:

• Fine Art: Painting, Drawing, Sculpture and Print and Photography

• 3D Design: Product, Packaging and Furniture

• 2D Design: Graphics, Textiles, Fashion and Digital Design

• 3D Crafts: Ceramics and Fashion Accessories



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a relevant BTEC Level 2 Diploma / Extended Certificate at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A good reference will also be needed.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored and includes marking and moderation by external examiners.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in Art and Design



• Continue onto Higher Education


• Interior, Furniture and Product Design

• Artist / Curator

• Teacher

• Fashion Design and Textile Design

• Theatre, Film and TV Design

• Graphic Design and Animation and Advertising


Location Clifton

Foundation Studies in Art and designLevel 3 and 4


What will I be doing? This course provides a diagnostic experience if you wish to move into Higher Education and then pursue a career in Art and Design. It is concerned with the development of the individual, encouraging you to experiment with and to develop a range of skills and concepts across Art and Design disciplines. The course aims to heighten your visual and intellectual awareness through practical problem-solving activities and through critical-theoretical study. Following an intensive period of study across a range of 2D and 3D disciplines, you will be encouraged to develop your individual strengths within a chosen area prior to applying to Higher Education.

• 2D and 3D Workshops

• Diagnostic Project Work (including Painting and Drawing, Print-Making, Textiles, Fashion, Graphics, Photography, IT, Illustration, Sculpture)

• Life Drawing

• Research Trips and Residential

• Final Major Project

• UCAS Application Preparation



What do I need to get on the course? A minimum of 5 passes at GCSE grade C or above (or equivalent) and A Level passes in appropriate subjects. You will need to bring a portfolio of work to an interview that demonstrates both achievement and potential within Art and Design. If you have less than the minimum entry requirements you can still apply if you are committed and can provide a strong portfolio of work. You can also apply if you have prior learning or other relevant experience.

How do I pass the course? The course comprises three stages, each of which must be passed in order to move on to the next. You are monitored and given feedback during the course in critiques, seminars and tutorials.


• Foundation Studies Level 3/4 in Art and Design

What essential information do I need to know? Materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.


• Continue onto Higher Education courses

The following courses are offered by Central College:

• Foundation Degree in Fine Art

• Foundation Degree in Photography

• Foundation Degree in Textiles


Location Clifton

Graphic design and IllustrationLevel 3

I would like a career in: Graphic Design and Illustration.

What will I be doing? The course will introduce and develop understanding of visual communication techniques and commercial graphics.

Year 1 – Visual Studies programme, exploring broad illustrative media experimentation, traditional drawing and mixed-media techniques. Guidance will be given on portfolios, interviews, UCAS applications and employment preparation.

Year 2 - You will develop a portfolio for progression and focus on your areas of strength through self-directed projects, including a final major project. You will enter local and national competitions and showcase your work in exhibitions.

Modules Include:

• Advertising, Typography, Branding, Logo and Corporate Identity

• Character Design, Development and Illustration

• Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator and InDesign

• Packaging, Promotion and Print Design

• Magazine Design and Web Page Design

• Contextual Studies and Visual Studies



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a relevant BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A good reference will also be needed.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored, including marking and moderation by external examiners.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in Graphic Design and Illustration

What essential information do I need to know? Materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits; these will be discussed at interview.




• Advertising and Marketing

• Corporate Identity and Branding

• Animation and Illustration

• Typography and Web Page Design



Photography and designLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Photography and Design industries.

What will I be doing? You will acquire a creative grounding in taking photographs and exploring the art of displaying your images on the page, both hard copy and digitally. You will investigate the connections between image, colour, page layout, typography, design and how your work is perceived by a wider audience. You will work in our state of the art photographic studios and darkrooms, as well as in our professional standard computer studios. You will use industry standard Apple Mac computers and software. This course will enable you to pursue your interests at Level 3 on an Extended Diploma.

Subjects include:

• Working with Digital SLR Cameras

• Experimental Photography

• Working with Digital Illustrative and Graphic Design Processes and Techniques

• Building an Art and Design Portfolio

• Working in the Art and Design Industry



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key / Functional Skills in English and/or Maths at Level 1. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? You will produce a portfolio of work for continuous and ongoing assessment throughout the year. You will also take external tests set by the Awarding Body.


• BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate in Photography and Design


What can I do when I finish the course? Level 3 Extended Diplomas. Further study at Level 3 is advised to make the career choices below more readily accessible:

• Community Artist

• Photographer

• Graphic Designer

• Illustrator

• Animator

• Web Designer

• Art Teacher



PhotographyLevel 3

I would like a career in: Photography.

What will I be doing? This course is designed to equip you with the skills and insight necessary for a career in a photographic or related industry. The course is essentially practical with relevant academic input. The photography department is extensively equipped to professional standards. The exploration of commercial and artistic photographic practice will be embedded into project work, together with an introduction to professional practice and ongoing investigation into progression routes and opportunities.

Year 2 culminates in a final major project, allowing you to showcase your talent in a public exhibition. This course is the equivalent of 3 A Levels.

Subjects include:

• SLR Photography and Darkroom Processes

• Digital Photographic Processes

• Professional Studio Skills

• Design and Presentation Techniques

• Image Manipulation and Digital Applications

• Photographic Genres: Documentary, Portraiture, Sport, Fashion, Commercial



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher Level Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit Level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A good reference will also be needed.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored and includes marking and moderation by external verifiers.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Photography





• Sports

• Portraits

• Journalism

• Commercial / Retail

• Medical, Fashion and Editorial

• Special Effects in Design, TV and Film


Location Clifton

3d design: ArchitectureLevel 3

I would like a career in: Architecture.

What will I be doing? Alongside the creative and design modules, you will gain practical experience in building and joining methods and realising 3D designs in large-scale in our 3D workshops. You will develop skills in architectural sketching, rendering, model making, site-specific sculpture and explore using Computer Aided Design and 3D Modelling for architectural illustration and visualisation. The assignments are based around scenarios that are industry relevant. Help will be given to create a portfolio that can be shown to an employer or university for progression.

Subjects include:

• Public Art

• 3D Computer Modelling

• 3D Design Media, Techniques and Technology

• Large and Human Scale Working and Design

• Management of Art and Design Projects

• Design Methods in Art and Design



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a relevant BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and Maths GCSE or Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A good reference will also be needed.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored, including marking and moderation by external examiners.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in 3D Design (Architecture)

What essential information do I need to know? Materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits, these will be discussed with you at interview.



• Apprenticeship


• Architectural Model Maker

• Architect

• Interior Designer

• Product / Furniture Designer

• Set Design for TV, Film and Theatre

• Architectural Visualiser

• Landscape Architect


Location Clifton

Textiles, Fashion and decorative ArtsLevel 3

I would like a career in: Fashion, Textiles, Theatre or Accessories.

What will I be doing? This course responds to the ever changing demands of the textile, fashion and craft industries, focusing on sustainability, technological fabric and manufacturing developments. The course will begin with an exciting exploration of interests through a series of practical workshops in multiple disciplines. In year 2 you will focus on your areas of strength and focus on self-directed projects, including a final major project. You will enter local and national competitions and showcase your talent in a public exhibition.

Subjects include:

• Fashion: Pattern Cutting; Construction and Production; Womenswear / Menswear, Childrenswear, Bridal, Costumes, Contour Fashion and Knitwear

• Textiles: Constructed and Multi-Media Textiles; Surface Pattern and Printing; Design for Fashion; Interiors; Soft Furnishing; Accessories and Gift-Wrap

• Decorative Crafts: Paper-Making; Ceramics; Plaster; Wood; Metal; Fabrics and Plastic; Accessories; Packaging; Cards; Gifts and Jewellery



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a relevant BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit Level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A good reference will also be needed.

How do I pass the course? Coursework is continuously reviewed and monitored, including marking and moderation by external examiners.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in Textiles, Fashion and Decorative Crafts

What essential information do I need to know? Materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits; these will be discussed with you at interview.




• Textile Design / Fashion

• Fashion Retail

• Interior Furnishing

• Visual Merchandising and Display

• Costume Design

• Accessories Design

• LONDON ROAD• RUDDINGTON

Auto Electrical & Mobile ElectricalAutomotive Customer AdvisorCaravan & Motorhome MaintenanceIntroduction to Vehicle TechnologyMotorcycle Maintenance & RepairVehicle Accident Repair (Body)Vehicle Accident Repair (MET)Vehicle Accident Repair (Multi Skilled)Vehicle Accident Repair (Paint) Vehicle Damage Assessment Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Vehicle Parts Operations

Central College is the region’s most established provider of automotive training with courses approved by the motor industry body, the IMI. Our workshops are fully equipped with the latest diagnostic equipment and technology to ensure our students have the most up-to-date industry knowledge and hands-on experience with the kit used by motor industry professionals. Our courses range from Foundation level to level 4 ‘master technician’.

Our commercial garage, Auto Central, will enable you to experience working on customers’ vehicles and will help prepare you for employment by developing your awareness of working in a commercial environment. You will learn 4 wheel alignment and tyre fitting – skills in demand particularly by fast fit centres – as well as diagnosing faults and customer service.

We have responded to industry needs by increasing our Motorcycle training and expanding our professional workshop space. We are the only college in the city to offer qualifications from Level 1 through to Level 3 in both Electric and Hybrid vehicles. These qualifications are becoming more important to employers in the industry as sales of Hybrid and Electric vehicles increase. These skills open up more job opportunities for Central students, with demand expected to continue to increase in the future.

It is anticipated that

in the East Midlands will be employed in the

Automotive sector by 2020

The average wage for a vehicle technician/ mechanic in the East Midlands is approximately...

126 127


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Auto Electrical And Mobile ElectricalLevel 2


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Electrical Repair industry. It provides the technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle repair facilities.


• Locate and Repair Simple Electrical Faults

• Fitment of Electrical Accessories






What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Repair shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Vehicle Maintenance or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Auto Electrician you must be employed in a Vehicle Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Auto Electrical and Mobile ElectricalLevel 3


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Electrical Repair industry. It provides the advanced technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle repair facilities.


• Fit Auxiliary Security Devices



• Diagnose and Rectify Auxiliary, Engine and Transmission Electrical Faults


• Agree Customer Service Needs



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Auto Electrical qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Auto Electrician you must be employed in an Automotive Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? You will, subject to meeting the subject criteria be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Automotive Customer Service Level 3


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Retail Customer Service industry. It provides advanced customer service and technical knowledge for people working in all types of garages and dealerships.

Modules include:

• Understanding Customer Service within the Automotive Industry

• Organise the Promotion of Services / Products to Customers in the Automotive Industry

• Improve Customer Service Delivery within the Automotive Industry

• Use Dealer Management Systems (DMS) Relevant to the Automotive Industry

• Plan, Organise and Control Customer Service Operations in the Automotive Industry

• Monitor and Resolve Customer Service Problems in the Automotive Industry

• Promote Continuous Improvement in Customer Service within the Automotive Industry



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a motor vehicle service reception carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Customer Service qualification or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? For each module you will need to complete course work, written assignments, practical assessments, online tests and work based observations.





What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Customer Advisor you must be employed in an Automotive service reception working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Automotive Customer Service Level 2


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Retail Customer Service industry. It provides the customer service and technical knowledge for people working in all types of garages and dealerships.

• Understanding Customer Service Within the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Communicate Effectively with Customers in the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Deliver Reliable Customer Service Within the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Use Dealer Management Systems (DMS) Relevant to the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Recognise and Deal With Queries, Requests and Problems in the Automotive Industry

• Understand how to Develop Customer Service Relationships in the Automotive Industry



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a motor vehicle service reception carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Customer Advisor you must be employed in a motor vehicle service reception working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Caravan And Motorhome MaintenanceLevel 3


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Caravan and Motorhome industry. It provides the advanced technical knowledge for people working on Caravans and Motorhomes in all types of repair facilities.




• Diagnose & Rectify 12v/230V Electrical, Chassis / Running Gear and Gas Appliance Faults



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Caravan and Motorhome qualification, or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Caravan and Motorhome Technician you must be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair Shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Caravan And Motorhome MaintenanceLevel 2


What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Caravan and Motorhome industry. It provides the technical knowledge for people working on Caravans and Motorhomes in all types of repair facilities.



• Carrying Out Routine Maintenance

• Removal and Refitting of Electrical, Chassis and Running Gear Components




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Level 1 Motor Vehicle qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Caravan and Motorhome Technician you must be employed in a Caravan and Motorhome Repair Shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location London Road

Introduction to Vehicle Technology Entry Level

I would like a career as an: Automotive Technician.

What will I be doing? This qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots.


• Motor Vehicle Workshop Safety

• Retail Automotive Maintenance and Repair

• Workshop Tools and Equipment

• PSD Qualification

Other units include:

• Engine Components and Operation

• Light Vehicle Steering and Suspension Systems

• Cooling and Lubrication System Checks

• Braking System Checks

• Wheel and Tyre Checks


What do I need to get on the course? There are no formal qualifications needed but you will need to successfully complete an initial assessment test and provide a satisfactory reference or school report.

How do I pass the course? The course assessment is made up of three elements:

• Portfolio of Evidence in Skills

• Knowledge of Practical Tasks

• Online Testing


• Entry Level Diploma in Motor Vehicle Craft

What essential information do I need to know? Heavy duty footwear and a set of overalls must be worn which are supplied by the College. A cost may be incurred dependent on your circumstances.


• Level 1 Diploma in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair

• Level 1 Diploma in Motorcycle Maintenance and Repair

duration 1 year full-time How to apply Application form


Motorcycle Maintenance and RepairLevel 1

I would like a career as a: Motorcycle Technician.

What will I be doing? This qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s motorcycle repair industry. It will provide you with the knowledge essential for service technicians working on motorcycles in all types of garages and workshops.

Units include options from:

• Motorcycle Chassis Systems

• Motorcycle Transmissions

• Motorcycle Engines

• Motorcycle Steering and Suspension Systems

• Motorcycle Braking Systems

• Motorcycle Routine Vehicle Maintenance

• Motorcycle Wheels and Tyres

• Motorcycle Exhaust Systems

• Motorcycle Spark Ignition Systems

• Motorcycle Electrical Units and Components

Mandatory units are:


• Sustainable Development


• Work Skills


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to achieve an initial assessment at Level 1. You will also need to supply a satisfactory school report or reference.




• Online Testing


• Level 1 Diploma in Motorcycle Maintenance



• Level 2 Diploma in Motorcycle Maintenance and Repair

duration 1 year full-time How to apply Application form


Motorcycle Maintenance and RepairLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Motorcycle Technician.

What will I be doing? You will cover the following topics:

• Motorcycle Preparation and Inspection

• How to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs

• Removing and Replacing Motorcycle Chassis Units and Components

• Removing and Replacing Motorcycle Electrical Units and Components

• Motorcycle Fuel, Ignition, Air and Exhaust System Units and Components

• Motorcycle Internal Engine Systems

• Routine Motorcycle Maintenance

• Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment


What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 1 in Motorcycle Maintenance and Repair. You will also need Maths and English at the appropriate level.

How do I pass the course? Course assessment is made up of three elements:



• Online Testing


• Level 2 Diploma in Motorcycle Maintenance and Repair Principles



• Level 3 Diploma in Motorcycle Maintenance and Repair Principles


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Body) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Panel Beater.



• Removing and Fitting Non-Welded Non-Structural Body Panels

• Removing and Replacing Non-Structural Body Panels

• Repairing Non-Structural Body Panels










What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Body Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Body) Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Panel Beater.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the advanced technical and practical needs for today’s Automotive Body Repair industry. It provides advanced and technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle body repair facilities.

The learning programme involves learners studying theory and practical aspects, including the following:

• Removing, Replacing and Repairing Structural and Non Structural Body Panels

• Identifying and Rectifying Body Misalignment

• MIG and MAG Welding Techniques

• Resistance Spot Welding Operations

• Bonding and Riveting Techniques



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Body Repair qualification or other equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? There will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments, ‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work. You will have the advantage of an online e-learning package to help you achieve your target.





What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Body Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria be able to move onto an Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Met) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Mechanical, Electrical and Trim.



• Removing and Re-fitting of Vehicle Mechanical Components

• Removing and Re-fitting of Vehicle Electrical Components

• Removing and Re-fitting of Vehicle Internal and External Trim




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Vehicle Maintenance qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice MET Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Met)Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Mechanical, Electrical and Trim.



• Remove and Refit Mechanical, Electrical and Electronic Systems and Components


• Refrigerant Handling



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 MET qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice MET Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Multi Skilled) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Multi Skilled.



• Vehicle Construction and Systems

• Vehicle Electrical and Hard and Soft Trim

• Removing and Fitting Welded and Non-Welded Body Panels

• Repairing Damaged Panels

• Preparing Surfaces for Painting










What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Multi-Skilled Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Multi Skilled) Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Multi Skilled Repairer.



• Mechanical, Electrical and Electronic Systems and Components


• Diagnose and Rectify Electrical Faults

• Remove and Replace Electric Vehicle Components

• Remove and Replace Structural Panels

• Repair Minor Damage to Body Panels

• Identify and Repair Vehicle Misalignment

• Identify and Rectify Paint Defects

• Apply Topcoats and Specialist Finishers



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Multi Skilled Repairer qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Multi Skilled Repair Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Paint) Level 2

I would like a career in: Vehicle Accident Repair - Painting.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the technical and practical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle Body Refinishing industry. It provides the technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle refinishing facilities.

• Preparing Panels to Accept Foundation and Topcoats

• Preparing and Applying Foundation Materials to Vehicles

• Repairing Minor Paint Defects




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Vehicle Paint qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Paint Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Accident Repair (Paint)Level 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Paint Refinishing.

What will I be doing? The programme covers the advanced technical and practical needs for today’s Automotive Body Refinishing industry. It provides advanced technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of vehicle refinishing facilities.

• Working with Plastic Materials and Components

• Preparing Metal and Pre-painted Surfaces

• Establishing Paint Defects

• Applying Topcoats and Completing Refinishing including Colour Matching



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair Shop carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Vehicle Paint qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Paint Technician you must be employed in a Vehicle Body Repair shop working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle damage AssessmentLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Automotive Accident Repair Industry - Vehicle Damage Assessor.


• Establish and Record Different Types of Customers and Their Needs

• Establish and Record Vehicle Data

• Appraise Damaged Vehicles and Estimate Repair Costs

• Establish the Correct Repair Methods, Vehicle Construction and Materials

• Appraise and Value Vehicles Pre-Accident Condition and Correctly Categorise Vehicle Salvage



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Motor Vehicle Service Reception carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Automotive Repair qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Advanced Apprentice Vehicle Damage Assessor you must be employed in an Automotive service reception working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the subject criteria be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.



Vehicle Maintenance and RepairLevel 1


What will I be doing? This qualification covers the technical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots.

Units of study include options from:

• Engine Systems, Components and Operations

• Engine Liquid Cooling and Lubrication Systems

• Steering and Suspension Systems

• Vehicle Braking Systems

• Routine Vehicle Maintenance

• Wheels and Tyres

• Exhaust Systems

• Spark Ignition Systems

• Electrical Foundation Skills

Mandatory Units studied are:




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to achieve an initial assessment. You will also be expected to supply a satisfactory school report or reference.

How do I pass the course? Course assessment is made up of three elements:



• Online Testing


• Level 1 Diploma in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair (Light Vehicle)








What will I be doing? This qualification covers the technical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry, including the diagnosis of non-complex system faults. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots.

Units studied will enable you to:

• Remove and Replace Chassis Units and Components

• Remove and Replace Electrical Auxiliary Units and Components

• Remove and Replace Engine Units and Components

• Carry Out Routine Vehicle Maintenance

• Contribute to Workplace Housekeeping

• Maintain Positive Workplace Relationships

• Make Sure Your Own Actions Reduce Risks to Health and Safety


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to successfully complete initial assessment tests and have a previous qualification at Level 1 in Automotive Studies. You will also need to supply a satisfactory school report or reference.




• Online Testing










What will I be doing? This qualification covers the technical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry, including the diagnosis of complex system faults. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots. You will study both theory and practical aspects to gain a broad knowledge and understanding of the topics.


• Diagnose and Rectify Light Vehicle Engine and Component Faults

• Diagnose and Rectify Light Vehicle Chassis System Faults

• Remove and Replace Chassis Units and Components

• Remove and Replace Electrical Auxiliary Units and Components

• Contribute to Workplace Housekeeping

• Make Sure Your Own Actions Reduce Risks to Health and Safety


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be successful in initial assessment tests and have an Automotive qualification at Level 2. You will also need Level 1 Maths and English.




• Online Testing





• Level 4 Diploma in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair (Master Technician)

• Employment in the Automotive industry



Vehicle Maintenance and RepairMaster Technician – Level 4


What will I be doing? This Level 4 qualification is designed to develop the skills of Automotive Technicians already competent at Level 3. This is achieved through a range of technical and management skills.

You will cover both the theory and practical aspects of the following modules:

• Advanced Light Vehicle Technology

• Advanced Diagnostic Techniques

• Communication and Liaison Techniques Providing Personal and Technical Support to Vehicle Technicians.

This qualification consists of eight Mandatory Units and 10 Mandatory Specialist Units, including:

• Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment

• Making Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction

• Identifying and Agreeing Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs

• Monitoring Procedures to Control Risks to Health and Safety in the Automotive Sector

• Diagnosing Motor Vehicle Faults Where No Prescribed Process or Format is Available


What do I need to get on the course? You will need a Level 3 Automotive Qualification plus Level 2 Maths and English. You will also need to successfully complete an assessment.




• Online Testing


• Level 4 Diploma in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Competence (Master Technician)

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to buy your own protective footwear prior to the start of the course. Suitable clothing will also need to be worn.

What can I do when I finish the course? This course provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education or employment in the Automotive industry.


Location Ruddington

Apprenticeship in Vehicle Parts Operations Level 2



• Giving a Positive Impression to Customers






What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Motor Vehicle Parts Outlet carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice Parts Consultant you must be employed in a motor vehicle parts outlet working a minimum of 30 hours per week.



Location Ruddington

Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Parts Operations Level 3



• Giving a Positive Impression to Vehicle Parts Customers




• Processing Orders for Non-Stock Motor Vehicle Parts

• Processing Payments



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to be employed in a Motor Vehicle Parts Outlet carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition, applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and a Level 2 Motor Vehicle Parts qualification or other equivalent qualification.






What essential information do I need to know? To be an Apprentice you must be employed in a Automotive Parts outlet working a minimum of 30 hours per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? Subject to meeting the criteria be able to move onto a Higher Apprenticeship or specialist training to further improve your knowledge and skills.

• BEESTON• MAID MARIAN WAY

AccountingAccounting with Business BusinessBusiness and AdministrationContact Centre OperationsCustomer Service Enterprise Office Administration - Business ProfessionalRetailSocial Media

Our Business courses are work-related qualifications which can open the door into hundreds of different jobs in a range of careers such as Accounting, Retail, Human Resources, Marketing and Administration. Courses combine a mix of lessons, practical experience, industry talks and trips to give you a real flavour of what the subjects are about and a broad understanding of the skills you need for the business and professional world.

Some of our Business students have been to Barclays’ HQ in London to present business ideas they developed on the course to a panel of industry experts. Our Level 3 Business students are working with Coca-Cola Enterprises Ltd to gain an understanding and experience of how a global organisation operates.

Central’s tutors have a wealth of industry experience so you can be sure you will be learning from people who have been there, done it, and in some cases, even bought the t-shirt.

The number of financial and accounting jobs will increase by approximately...

152 153



Apprenticeship in AccountingLevel 2

I would like a career in: Accounts as an Accounts Assistant, Accounts Clerk, Cashier, Credit Control Clerk, Finance Assistant and Purchase / Sales Ledger Clerk.


All students take the following units:



• Basic Costing

• Working Effectively in Accounting

• Computerised Accounting (Using Sage)



What do I need to get on the course? You will be required to attend an assessment in English and Maths to gain a place on the course. Entry by application form only and a good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? There are three computer based exams and two computer based projects.


• AAT Level 2 Certificate in Accounting

• Level 1 Certificate in Functional Skills for English and Maths


You will be required to attend classroom learning one day per week or two evenings per week.

What can I do when I finish the course? This course will provide you with the ability to:

• Progress onto the AAT Level 3 Diploma in Accounting

• Work in an accounting role



Advanced Apprenticeship in AccountingLevel 3

I would like a career in: Accounts as a Trainee Accounting Technician or Assistant Accountant.


The course covers:

• Accounts Preparation

• Preparing Final Accounts for Sole Traders and Partnerships

• Costs and Revenues

• Professional Ethics

• Indirect Tax

• Cash Management

• Spreadsheets



What do I need to get on the course? You will have completed the AAT Level 2 Certificate in Accounting or a Level 2 award in manual book-keeping / accounting. Fluency in written English is essential. All students will be required to attend an assessment in English and Maths to gain a place on the course. Entry by application form only and a good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? You will complete computer based exams.


• AAT Diploma in Accounting Level 3

• Level 2 Certificate in Functional Skills in English and Maths


You will be required to attend classroom learning one day per week, evening classes may be available.


• Accounting Technicians AAT Diploma Level 4



Accounting With BusinessLevel 2

I would like a career in: Business or Accounting.

What will I be doing? Learn accounting, business and payroll skills combined with computer skills.

Association of Accounting Technicians (AAT) Level 2 Diploma in Business and Accounting includes:

• Basic Accounting

• Basic Costing

• Working effectively in Accounting and Finance

• Computerised Accounts

• Applied business communication and personal skills

• Spreadsheet software

• Developing study skills

• Introduction to payroll systems

• Computerised payroll skills

ICT Passport Level 2 IT Skills includes:

• Using IT Systems

• Using the Computer and Managing Files

• Internet and Email

• Word Processing

• Spreadsheets

• Improving Productivity

You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade A* to C including Maths and English or equivalent. All students will be required to attend an assessment in Maths and English to gain a place on the course. Entry is by application only and a good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? There are examinations, computer based projects and coursework.


• Association of Accounting Technicians Level 2 Diploma in Accounting

• ECDL Level 2 IT Skills

What essential information do I need to know? It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to college. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. A fee of £100 will need to be paid on enrolment for course books.


• AAT Level 3 Diploma in Accounting


Location Beeston Maid Marian Way

BusinessLevel 2

I would like a career in: Business.

What will I be doing? This is a full-time practical, work-related course. You will learn by completing projects, assignments and external assessments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands.

Subject areas include:

• Enterprise in the Business World

• Finance for Business

• Small Business Planning

• Promoting a Brand

• Principles of Marketing

• Introducing Project Management



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Level 1 vocational qualification at merit grade or above. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language or Maths at grade A* to D or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? You will do scenario-based external assessments and assignments which include presentations, reports and poster presentations and role play.


• BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate in Business.

Grades awarded are pass, merit or distinction.

What essential information do I need to know? It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator, a recommended reading book and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to college. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. You will be expected to visit businesses as part of your assignment work. You may need to attend college over five days and some evening study may be required.

What can I do when I finish the course? You may progress onto Level 3 qualifications; in particular the BTEC Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma in Business (a Grade C in English Language and Maths must be achieved).



BusinessLevel 3

I would like a career in: Business.

What will I be doing? This is a full-time practical, work-related course. By completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands, you will gain an insight into the business world. There are approximately 18 units on the Extended Diploma programme and you will study half of the units each year.



• Business Resources

• Introduction to Marketing

• Business Accounting

• Management Accounting

• Relationship Marketing

• Developing Teams in Business

• Recruitment and Selection



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or BTEC First Diploma / BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language and Maths at grades A* to C. GCSE English Language and Maths may be substituted by Functional Skills English and Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? There are externally assessed exams and assignments including making presentations, reports, poster presentations and role play.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in Business

Grades awarded are Pass, Merit or Distinction.

What essential information do I need to know? An Extended Diploma is equivalent to three A Levels. Your predicted GCSE grades or achieved grades will affect whether you are offered a place on the Extended Diploma. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator, a recommended subject text book and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to college.

What can I do when I finish the course? You may progress onto Higher Education programmes including:


• Higher National Certificate / Diploma

• Degree in Business

• Industry based employment


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Business Administration Level 2




• Functional Skills English, Maths and ICT at Level 1 – (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last five years).


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in an Administrative Role either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. The majority of the evidence will be generated by the Assessor observing you in the workplace. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.






• Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship in Business and Administration

• Enterprise

• Social Media

• Digital Marketing



• Office Junior

• Receptionist

• Junior Legal Secretary

• Junior Medical Secretary

• Medical Receptionist


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Contact Centre Operations Level 2

I would like a career in: A Contact Centre.

What will I be doing? Units studied include:

• Using Bespoke Communication Systems

• Handling Customer Contacts through Communication Media

• Problem Solving

• Recording Contact Transactions

• Cold Calling and Selling

• Promoting the Products and Services of your Employer

• Functional Skills Maths and English at Level 1 (exempt if you have GCSE grades A* to C in the last 5 years)

You will be required to complete mandatory units and optional units which are selected based on the tasks you are required to complete as part of your job role.


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a suitable role within a Contact Centre. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview).


• Level 2 Certificate in Contact Centre Operations

• Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Contact Centre Operations


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. As a Contact Centre Operations Apprentice, you’ll probably work at the front end of an employer’s business activities and regularly assist customers. In most cases you’ll be making sure that customers are dealt with in a positive, reliable and pleasant way. You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. The majority of the evidence will be generated by the Assessor observing you in the workplace. Assignments will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedures in place at the workplace.



You will be able to progress into a range of Contact Centre Roles including:

Customer Agent, Contact Centre Agent, Help Desk Operative, Sales Advisor, Customer Service Advisor, Outbound Sales Agent and Telephone Banking Advisor.

duration Up to 18 monthsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Business Administration Level 3




• Functional Skills English, Maths and ICT at Level 2 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last five years)


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in an Administrative Role either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence from the workplace which will be assessed against the requirements of the qualification. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.




What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. This is a demanding but interesting course which should be achieved in less than 18 months but will require you to complete study in your own time. Most jobs in this sector are office-based with a typical 9am to 5pm, Monday to Friday working week. It is important you are punctual, presentable and a good team player.


• Level 4 Higher Apprenticeship in Management



• Administration Team Leader

• Office Supervisor

• Personal Assistant

• Secretary


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Customer ServiceLevel 2


What will I be doing? Most Customer Service apprentices work in retail, finance, call centres, hospitality or sport and recreation.

You will be dealing with customers face to face, in writing and by telephone. Resolving customer problems and improving customer relations, promoting the products and services of your employer, collecting customer feedback and making recommendations for improvements.

Diploma in Customer Service contains mandatory units and optional units which are selected based on your job role.

Functional Skills Maths and English at Level 1 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last 5 years).


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a role which involves interaction with customers either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.


• Level 2 Diploma in Customer Service


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. As a Customer Service apprentice, you’ll probably work at the front end of an employer’s business activities and regularly assist customers. Duties will vary between sectors, but in most cases you’ll be making sure that customers are dealt with in a positive, reliable and pleasant way. You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. The majority of the evidence will be generated by the Assessor observing you in the workplace. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.



• Administration

• Enterprise

You will be able to progress into a range of Customer Service roles in various sectors.


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Customer ServiceLevel 3


What will I be doing? This Apprenticeship teaches you the skills to provide excellent Customer Service and can be applied to hundreds of job roles across many different sectors. Most customer service apprentices work in retail, financial services, call centres, hospitality or sport and recreation.

Diploma in Customer Service at Level 3 contains mandatory units and optional units which are selected based on your job role.

You will study Functional Skills Maths and English at Level 2 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A* to C in the last 5 years).


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a role which involves interaction with customers either in the public or private sector. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio of evidence against the requirements of the qualification. Evidence can be generated by observation of your workplace practice, witness testimonies, case studies or personal accounts of events. On-line tests will be used to confirm your knowledge and understanding of the requirements of the role and policies and procedure in place at the workplace.


• Diploma in Customer Service


What essential information do I need to know? As a Customer Service Apprentice, you will probably work at the front end of an employer’s business activities and regularly assist customers. Duties will vary between sectors, but in most cases you’ll be making sure that customers are dealt with in a positive, reliable and pleasant way. A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in your workplace.

What can I do when I finish the course? You could progress in to the following roles:

• Customer Relationship Manager

• Customer Service Coordinator

• Customer Service Team Leader



Office Administration: Business ProfessionalLevel 1

I would like a career in: Office Administration.

What will I be doing? This qualification is for those seeking a career in Office Administration, or mature learners returning to work and wishing to update your skills. On the Level 1 Administration (Business Professional) programme you will study various units related to working in Administration, including:

• Working in Business and Administration

• Creating Business Documents

• Making and Receiving Calls

• Welcoming Visitors

• Handling Mail

• Communicating with Customers

• Team working

• Organising Meetings

• Text Production

• Word Processing

• Legal Text Processing

• Speed Keying



What do I need to get on the course? There are no restrictions for entry onto this course. However, you will be expected to demonstrate a reasonable level of English and Maths by completing a short assessment at interview. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? The course will involve assessments, portfolio building and exams.


• OCR Diploma Level 1 in Administration (Business Professional)

What essential information do I need to know? The hours of study are between 9.00am and 4.00pm daily.

What can I do when I finish the course? This course is designed to enable you to develop skills that will help you gain employment in an administrative environment. Successful students may be able to progress onto a Level 2 qualification in Business or Business Administration.

duration Up to two yearsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in EnterpriseLevel 3

I would like a career in: Entrepreneur or Intrepreneur within an Organisation.

What will I be doing? The course will support development of enterprising skills amongst new and/or existing members of staff to address the challenges and opportunities of helping to develop and grow a business in an economy with increasing levels of ambiguity and uncertainty.

Units of study include:

• Developing the Mind-set and Skills Required for Enterprise

• Developing the Innovative Entrepreneur

• Planning and Pitching a New Business Opportunity

• Business Organisation, Behaviour and Communication

• Using Enterprise Skills in the Workplace



• Achieving Work Objectives and Personal Needs



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and be in a role that allows you to demonstrate the required skills to achieve the qualifications. You should be enthusiastic, energetic, passionate and have a ‘can do’ attitude.

How do I pass the course? You will develop an electronic portfolio as evidence to demonstrate knowledge, understanding and competence within your workplace.


• SFEDI – Level 3 Diploma in Enterprising Skills in a Business Environment


What essential information do I need to know? You may be required to attend classroom sessions to cover the required knowledge for the programme and use the electronic portfolio to demonstrate competence in the workplace.


• Business Development Consultancy

• Enterprise Consultancy

• Business Development Executive





What will I be doing? You will study a variety of qualifications which are relevant for use in the modern office environment. The course is suitable if you have little prior knowledge of IT and wish to continue or update your skills.


• Working in Administration

• Written Business Communications

• Verbal Communication in Business

• Organising Business Travel and Accommodation

• Career Planning in Administration

• Text Production

• Word Processing

• Speed Keying

• Certificate in IT (IT Users) ECDL

You will have the opportunity to resit GCSE English Language and Maths or Functional Skills.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Level 1 vocational qualification at merit grade or above. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language at grade A* to D or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 1. All applicants will need to sit an assessment prior to interview to establish what level will be most appropriate. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? For the Diploma in Administration, units are assessed by written assignments, case studies and witness statements. The Text Processing qualifications are assessed by set examinations.


• OCR Diploma Level 2 in Administration (Business Professional)

What essential information do I need to know? The course is delivered over 3 - 4 days a week (15 hours). It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

What can I do when I finish the course? Successful students may be able to progress onto a Level 3 Business qualification.





What will I be doing? The OCR Diploma in Administration (Business Professional) is suitable for you if you wish to develop knowledge, understanding and skills of the complex administrative tasks in a senior position. The course comprises of a variety of qualifications which are relevant in a modern office environment including:

• Producing Complex Business Documents

• Understanding Functions and Roles within Business Organisations

• Supporting Recruitment and Selections Procedures

• Organise a Business Event

• Carry out research and prepare a report

• Working in an Administration Team

• Text Production

• Word Processing



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or OCR Diploma in Administration (Business Professional) Level 2. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language at grade A* to C or Functional Skills in English at Level 2. You will need to take a relevant skills diagnostic test and you will be assessed on your IT skills, speed typing and accuracy due to course content.

How do I pass the course? Assessment includes written assignments, case studies, practical experience and witness statements. The Text Processing qualifications are assessed by set exams which are externally marked. ECDL Advanced options are assessed by internally marked exams.


• OCR Level 3 Diploma in Administration (Business Professional)

What essential information do I need to know? The course is delivered over 3 - 4 days a week. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to college.

What can I do when I finish the course? You may progress onto other Business Administration or Business related courses. The course is suitable for learners wishing to work in a supervisory or senior administrative role.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in RetailLevel 2

I would like a career in: Retail as a Sales Assistant or Stockroom Assistant.

What will I be doing? Retail Assistant: Helping customers to choose products, dealing with customer queries and process payments in a range of retail environments. Helping to provide a positive and “seamless” service and to advise and support customers in the use of web-based facilities available to them in store.

Stockroom Assistant: Handling stock and deliveries, receiving, storing and picking stock for the sales floor.

Subjects will include:

• Understanding the legal and practical requirements for Sales Assistants

• Stockroom Assistants in providing a service to internal and external customers


What do I need to get on the course? The programme is accessible to all those who work in a suitable role. You will need to demonstrate English and Maths at Entry Level 3 (assessed at interview).

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed mainly by observation of workplace practice by an assessor. Additional evidence will be gained by verbal and/or written questioning and discussion to confirm skills and knowledge of workplace practice and procedures. These may be supplemented with witness testimonies from workplace supervisors. An electronic portfolio can be used to achieve the qualification. Online, multiple-choice questions are used to assess knowledge and understanding.


• NVQ Level 2 Certificate in Retail Skills

• Level 2 Certificate in Retail Skills


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the job training is undertaken in the workplace. This is a demanding but interesting course which should be achieved in 12 months but will require you to complete study in your own time. Most jobs in this sector require employees to work weekdays and weekends, working hours will be flexible to meet the business needs of the employer. It is important you are punctual, presentable and a good team player.

What can I do when I finish the course? Career Opportunities include:

• Retail Assistant

• Stockroom Assistant


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Social Media Level 3

I would like a career in: Social Media.

What will I be doing? This qualification is ideal if you want to work in an Internet Marketing or Social Media role in public or private sector organisations.

Subjects include:

• Principles of Social Media within a Business

• Principles of Keywords and Optimisation

• Social Networking Management for a Business

• Using Collaborative Technologies

• Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT at Level 2


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate English, Maths and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at interview) and you should be able to meet the demands of a Level 3 qualification (the equivalent of an ‘A’ level or NVQ Level 3).



• Level 3 Diploma in Social Media for Business


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of the training and assessment is undertaken in the workplace. Alternatively, workshops can be scheduled in the workplace or College environment.


• Social Media Assistant

• Social Media Consultant

• Social Media Analyst

• MAID MARIAN WAY• STAPLEFORD

Caring for ChildrenChildren’s Care Learning and Development (Early Years Educator)Children’s and Young People’s WorkforceEarly Years EducatorEarly Years Education and Care (Early Years Educator)PlayworkSupporting Teaching & Learning in SchoolsSpecialist Support for Teaching & Learning in Schools

If you want to work with children and young people, our Childcare and Early Years courses will help you to get ahead in the sector.

Whether you want to work in a nursery or children’s centre, or become a nanny or a teaching assistant in a school, having a recognised qualification will set you apart from other applicants.

Courses range from Level 1 to Level 3 and include a mix of classroom learning, practical assessments and visits and placements. Some Level 3 courses will lead to Early Years Educator status, the new gold standard for Early Years workers.

Most courses include work experience and we have extensive links with local schools and nurseries. You can also study childcare courses through the apprenticeship route in a workplace.

After your course you might go into work or you can progress onto Higher Education, including the Foundation Degree in Children’s and Young People’s Services which we offer here at Central.

It is anticipated that there may be as many as

in the early years sector in the East Midlands by 2020

170 171


Location Workplace and Maid Marian Way

Apprenticeship in Children’s and Young People’s WorkforceLevel 2







• Introduction to communication

• Introduction to equality and inclusion


• Support children and young people’s positive behaviour







What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at Grades D or above. A good reference will be required. You will be expected to be punctual for work and college, maintaining a professional attitude.



• Level 2 Certificate for the Children’s and Young People’s Workforce


What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a childcare setting for a minimum of 30 hours per week, the college can assist you with this but cannot guarantee you a job.

What can I do when I finish the course? Courses include:

• Cache Level 3 Diploma for the Children and Young People’s Workforce

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Children and Young People’s Workforce





Caring for ChildrenLevel 1


What will I be doing? This course is aimed at you if you want to develop life skills and gain an understanding of the skills and knowledge needed to care for young children. It will also include personal and social development skills and units, plus English and Maths. There may be opportunities for you to attend childcare placements whilst on this course, but this will be dependent on attitude and performance.

Subjects / Modules include:

• Children’s development

• Children and play

• Supporting babies to play

• Respecting and valuing children

• Health and safety


What do I need to get on the course? Formal entry requirements are not required. However, you will be assessed on your writing skills and your level of understanding before a place can be offered. A good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? Assessment for all units is by assignment.


• CACHE Certificate / Diploma in Caring for Children Level 1

What essential information do I need to know? If you attend a work placement you will be expected to pay for the Disclosure and Barring Service check (approximately £45) and fund your travel expenses to and from your placement.

What can I do when I finish the course? Further study options include:

• Cache Level 2 Diploma in Childcare and Education

• Apprenticeship in Children and Young People

To progress onto the above courses, you must have successfully achieved GCSE Maths and English at grade D.



Children’s Play Learning and development (Early Years Educator)Level 3


What will I be doing? This is a Diploma at Level 3 which provides you with occupational competence and enables you to work unsupervised or in a supervised capacity in a variety of childcare settings. You may also progression onto Higher Education. Successful completion will give you the new Early Years Educator Status. It is a two year course and includes placements in a range of childcare settings every week, as well as spending the remainder of the week at College.


• Child development

• Play and learning

• Physical development, physical care and health needs

• Health and safety

• Working with parents

• Supporting children’s communication

• Supporting personal and emotional development

• Safeguarding children

• Supporting literacy and numeracy

• Research project


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at Grade A* to C or CACHE Diploma in Childcare and Education Level 2 plus good placement reports. Qualifications must include English Language and Maths GCSE grade C. A good reference will be required. Should you wish to apply for a teaching degree in the future you will also need GCSE in Science grade A* to C.

How do I pass the course? Written assignments, paper based tests and placement portfolios. Placement observations and assessment.


• BTEC Diploma in Children’s Play Learning and Development (Early Years Educator)

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to pay for your Disclosure and Barring Service check (approx £45), purchase a college T-shirt (approx £10) and fund your own travel expenses to and from your placement.

What can I do when I finish the course? Further study includes:

• BA / BEd in Primary Education

• BA Childhood Studies

• FdA Children’s and Young Peoples Services

• Paediatric Nursing and other childcare related courses/degrees



Early Years EducatorLevel 2


What will I be doing? This qualification will prepare you to work under supervision in a variety of childcare settings with under fives. This could be in Day Care, Home Based Childcare, Pre-Schools or Children’s Centres. You would be expected in college three days a week and on a range of placements two days a week.


• The role of the early years practitioner

• Legislation, frameworks and professional practice

• Play, development and learning for school

• Professional development

• Physical care of children

• Observing children

You will also study English and Maths if you have not achieved a grade C at GCSE.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSE’s at grades D or above and/or a CACHE Foundation Diploma in Childcare or a BTEC Introductory course in Health & Social Care at Distinction grade. An excellent tutor report is also required. Qualifications must include English Language and Maths GCSE grade D or above.

How do I pass the course? Assessment includes direct observation within the workplace, a portfolio of evidence, written assignments and tasks set by CACHE. Some assessment will take place in a real work environment.


• CACHE Introduction to Early Years Educator Level 2

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to pay for your Disclosure and Barring Service check (approximately £45), purchase a College T-shirt (approximately £10) and fund your travel expenses to and from placement.


• CACHE Level 3 Diploma in Childcare and Education providing you achieve GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C, in addition to a high grade on the DCE Level 2 and an excellent tutor and placement report

• Apprenticeship in Children and Young People’s Workforce



Apprenticeship in PlayworkLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Playwork sector - holiday clubs, breakfast and after school clubs.

What will I be doing? Studying the following:

• Playwork principles

• Working within a play environment with children and young people

• Supporting children and young people’s play

• Relationships in the play environment

• Health and safety in the play environment

• The safeguarding and welfare of children and young people in the play environment

• Developing own playwork and team practice

• Reflective playwork practice

• Contribute to the health, safety, security and welfare of children and young people using the play environment

• Help to improve own practice and the work of the playwork team

• Support relationships in the play environment

• Work with children and young people to create play spaces and support freely chosen self-directed play





• Level 2 Diploma in Playwork


• Functional skills at Level 1 in Maths and English

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a playwork setting for a minimum of 30 hours per week, the college can assist you with this but cannot guarantee you a job. Playworkers are employed by local authorities, voluntary organisations or private companies. Some jobs are seasonal, for instance in the school holidays.


• Progress onto Level 3 in Playwork



Early Years Education and Care (Early Years Educator)Level 3


What will I be doing? This qualification will provide you with occupational competence to enable you to work unsupervised or in a supervised capacity in a variety of childcare settings. It is a two year course, which includes placements in a range of childcare settings every week, as well as spending the remainder of the week in College. Also, if high grades are achieved you may progress onto Higher Education.


• Child development from 0-7 years

• Children’s health and well-being

• Providing safe environments

• Child health

• Play and learning

• Understanding additional needs

• Development of professional skills

What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 academic GCSEs at grades A* to C or a good grade in the CACHE Diploma in Childcare and Education Level 2, plus good placement and tutor reports. Qualifications must include English Language and Maths GCSE grade C. Should you wish to apply for teaching degrees you will need GCSE at grades A* to C in Science. A good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed by the college and CACHE and this will include written work, assessment in the workplace and examinations.


• CACHE Level 3 Diploma in Early Years Education and Care (Early Years Educator)

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to pay for your Disclosure and Barring Service check (approximately £45), purchase a College T-shirt (approximately £10) and fund your travel expenses to and from your placement.


• BA / BEd in Primary Education

• BA Early Childhood Studies

• FdA Children’s and Young Peoples Services.

• Paediatric Nursing

• Other Childcare related courses


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Supporting Teaching and Learning in SchoolsLevel 2

I would like a career in: Working with children and/or young people in Primary, Secondary or Special Schools.


• Introduction to communication and professional relationships with children, young people and adults

• Introduction to personal development

• Support positive children and young people’s behaviour


• Introduction to equality, diversity and inclusion in work with children and young people














• Level 2 Certificate in Supporting Teaching and Learning


What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a school for a minimum of 30 hours per week which you will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You will need to undertake a Disclosure and Barring check which is usually paid for by your employer.


• Advanced Apprenticeship in Specialist Support for Teaching and Learning in Schools


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Specialist Support for Teaching and Learning in Schools Level 3

I would like a career in: Working in senior roles with children and/or young people in Primary, Secondary or Special schools.


• Understand children’s and young people’s development

• Promote positive children and young people’s behaviour

• Communication and professional relationships

• Schools as organisations

• Support learning activities

• Engage in personal development

• Develop professional relationships

• Promote equality, diversity and inclusion

• Support assessment for learning

• Support children and young people’s health and safety

• Understand how to safeguard the well-being of children and young people and a range of optional units


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at Grades D or above and/or a Level 2 Certificate Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools. You may also have to study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT dependent on your GCSE results. A good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed in your workplace for your practical skills and you will produce a portfolio of evidence to highlight your understanding of the knowledge required.


• Level 3 Diploma in Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools


What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed in a school for a minimum of 30 hours per week for which you will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You will need to undertake in a Disclosure and Barring check which is usually paid for by your employer.


• A Foundation Degree in Children’s and Young People’s Services


• Senior roles that support learning in Primary, Secondary or Special schools

The average salary for a computing professional is...


IT User SkillsIT - ApplicationsIT - HardwareIT - SoftwareIT - SystemsIT - TechnologiesIT, Software, Web and Telecoms

As more systems and processes in our everyday lives are dependent on IT, whether at home, school or work, more career opportunities are opening up in this sector.

Whatever your existing knowledge and skills in IT and technology, we’ve got a course that’s right for you

Central’s IT courses will help prepare you for a career in computing. You can study a range of topics, from IT basics through to networking, systems support and software development. Opportunities will also be available for you to build your own computer, and work with robotics and programming.

We offer courses from Level 1 linked with Business, to University Level courses in Systems Development. Our Level 3 programmes offer you a great route into Higher Education or employment in a variety of roles in IT.

180 181



IT - APPLICATIONSLEVEL 2


What will I be doing? A BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate is a practical, work-related course. You learn by completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations and activities. The lessons provide a good starting point to go on to a more advanced academic /career route to Higher Education, or into the workplace.

The course is made up of seven units, three of which are compulsory, these are:

• The Online World

• Technology Systems

• A Digital Portfolio

These specialist units enable you to study a particular area in more depth. These could be:

• Software Development

• Mobile Apps Development

• Multimedia Products Development


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Foundation Diploma Level 1, with the majority of subjects gained at A* to C, or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths or English Language GCSE A* to D or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit, except for Functional Skills.


• BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate in IT

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to purchase a BTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT textbook (approximately £25). You are expected to undertake visits to exhibitions and businesses, some of which will incur a small cost, payable if applicable, whilst on the programme. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College.

What can I do when I finish the course? A natural progression route would be onto the Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma in IT. Please note that if you wish to progress onto an Extended Diploma course you will require GCSEs in English Language and/or Maths at grades A* to C or Functional Skills English and/or Maths at Level 2.



IT User SkillsLevel 1


What will I be doing? This is a work related learning qualification that provides you with a taste of a vocational area, without restricting your future options. This course enables you to develop valuable skills and knowledge.

Mandatory Units:

• Improving Productivity


Optional units may include the following:

• Communicating Information using ICT

• Producing Charts using ICT

• Database Software

• Imaging Software

• Presentation Software

• Using Email

• Word-processing Software

• Website Software

• Design Software


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades D to G. You should have an appropriate standard of literacy and numeracy and have related interests and experience. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit, except for Functional Skills.


• QCF Approved Awards and Certificate

• OCR Diploma Level 1 in IT User Skills

Additional Qualifications: These awards, where possible, will be integrated into the work you do for the ITQ qualification.

Personal, Social and Development Units:

• Planning for Progression

• Effective Qualities and Attitudes for Learning

• Career Planning

Edexcel Foundation Project in a subject of your choice.


• Edexcel Level 2 Extended Certificate in IT

• City and Guilds Level 2 Systems Support qualifications



IT – HardwareLevel 3


What will I be doing? This is for you if wish to pursue a career in IT, with an emphasis on networking and system support. The course provides content and structures that will help students to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to work as professionals in the IT sector or to progress in to Higher Education / University. This course is equivalent to 2 A Levels.

Subjects include:

• Computer Systems

• Managing Networks

• Computer Networks

• Communication Technology

• IT Technical Support

• Organisational System Security

• IT Troubleshooting and Repair

• Maintaining Computer Systems

• Networked Systems Security


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade C or above, or BTEC Level 2 First Diploma / BTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT at Merit, or IT Diploma (Level 2) at A* to C, or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths or English Language GCSE A* to C or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit.


• BTEC Diploma Level 3 in IT (Networking and Systems Support)

What essential information do I need to know? You may need to purchase course text books (approximately £25 each). Students may have the opportunity to attend a residential visit with associated costs depending on destination.

It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. Entry criteria must be met.






IT - SoftwareLevel 3


What will I be doing? The course provides content and structures that will help you to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to work as professionals in the IT sector or to progress in to Higher Education.

Subjects include:

• Communication and Employability Skills

• Computer Systems

• Information Systems

• Organisational Systems Security

• Event Driven Programming

• Principles of Computer Networks

• Database Design

• Website Production

• Digital Graphics

• Client Side Customisation of Web Pages

• IT Technical Support


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade C or above, or BTEC Level 2 First Diploma / BTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT at Merit, or IT Diploma (Level 2) at A* to C, or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths and English Language GCSE A* to C or Functional Skills English and Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is via coursework, there are no exams to sit.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in IT

What essential information do I need to know? You may need to purchase course text books (approximately £25 each). You may have the opportunity to attend a residential visit with associated costs depending on destination.

It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a USB memory stick for transferring your work from home to College.






IT - SystemsLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Information and Creative Technology industry.

What will I be doing? The course is practical as well as academic with hands-on computer work such as:

• The Online World (Compulsory)

• Technology Systems (Compulsory)

• A Digital Portfolio (Compulsory)

• Computer Networks

• Installing and Maintaining Computer Software

• Installing and Maintaining Computer Hardware

• Automated Computer Systems



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Foundation Diploma Level 1, with the majority of subjects gained at A* to A, or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths or English Language GCSE A* to D or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? This course will be assessed by completing a number of assignments graded at Pass, Merit or Distinction. There are two assessments which are marked externally, also included are exams for Functional Skills English and Maths.


• Edexcel BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate in Information and Creative Technology

What essential information do I need to know? It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a USB memory stick or use of cloud storage for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.


• Edexcel Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in IT (General)

• Edexcel Level 3 BTEC Diploma in IT (Networking and Systems Support)

• Apprenticeship in Information and Creative Technology


Junior technical support related roles such as

• ICT Operations Technician

• Trainee Technician / Engineer

• User Support / Help Desk Support

• Software Engineer

• Website Content Manager



IT – TechnologiesLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for you if you wish to pursue a career in the field of computer technical support. It will help you to understand the role of technical support in the workplace and help you develop the knowledge, understanding and skills necessary to undertake this role.

The course is largely practical with lots of hands-on computer work such as:

• Installing, Repairing and Maintaining Computer Systems

• Installing, Maintaining and Upgrading Software

• Setting up Computer Networks

• Customer Support Provision (Compulsory)

• Systems Operation and Monitoring



What do I need to get on the course? You must have a Level 1 qualification and/or 4 GCSEs grade D to E including Maths and/or English Language. Alternatively you may have a Level 1 Vocational qualification with at least Level 1 in Literacy and/or Numeracy or Level 1 Functional Skills in English and/or Maths. A good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? This course will be assessed by completing a number of practical assignments graded at Pass, Merit or Distinction. There are no external exams, except for Functional Skills.


• City and Guilds Level 2 Diploma in ICT Systems Support

What essential information do I need to know? It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a USB memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.


• Edexcel Level 3 BTEC Diploma in IT (Networking and System Support)

Please note that if you wish to progress onto a Level 3 course you will require GCSEs in English Language and/or Maths at grades A* to C or Functional Skills English and/or Maths at Level 2.

18 months

WP

IT, Software, Web and TelecomsApprenticeshipsduration 12 monthsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Information and Communications TechnologyLevel 2

I would like a career in: The IT industry as a Support Technician, Website Administrator or Helpdesk Professional.


Subjects include:


• Award in ICT Systems and Principles

• Functional Skills Maths, English and ICT at Level 1 (exempt if you have achieved GCSE grades A*-C in the last 5 years)


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate literacy, numeracy and ICT skills at Entry Level 3 (assessed at Interview).




• Award in ICT Systems and Principles – Level 2




• ICT Systems Support

• ICT Practitioner


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Information and Communications TechnologyLevel 3



Subjects include:


• Certificate in ICT Systems and Principles

In addition:

• Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT at Level 2. There are exemptions for the Functional Skills which will depend upon previously achieved qualifications




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to demonstrate literacy, numeracy and ICT skills at Level 1 (assessed at Interview) and you should be able to meet the demands of a Level 3 qualification (the equivalent of an A level or NVQ Level 3).




• Certificate in ICT Systems and Principles – Level 3




• ICT Systems Manager

• ICT Professional

• BEESTON• CLIFTON

Bench JoineryBricklayingBuilding Craft OccupationsBuilding Maintenance Carpentry & Joinery Construction OperationsElectricalElectrical InstallationsGeneral Construction Operations: GroundworksPainting & DecoratingPlastering Plumbing Plumbing StudiesSite Carpentry

Construction courses at Central College offer you hands-on training in a variety of trade-related subjects. These practical courses include bricklaying, carpentry and joinery, painting and decorating, groundworks, plastering, plumbing, multi-skills and electrical training.

Our high quality courses are right for you if you want to study a practical, trade-related subject with the intention of going on to further training and/or working in the building industry. We run courses from Level 1 to Level 3 and some programmes can also be studied as an Apprenticeship.

You’ll be based in our purpose-built workshops and training areas, giving you the feel of working on a real site. The Beeston centre has been highly recommended by the construction sector body, the Construction Industry Training Board (CITB), so you can be confident you’ll be in a great learning environment.

There will be almost

in the construction industry within the next 4 years

190 191

2 years

WP and B

Bench JoineryApprenticeships


Location Workplace



What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bench Joiner. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Bench Joinery. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including maths and/or English or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College.






What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Bench Joiner before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.



• HNC / HND






Location Workplace



What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bench Joiner. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Bench Joinery. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.














What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Bench Joiner before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools /machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, good performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery.


Location Beeston Clifton

BricklayingLevel 1


What will I be doing? The initial first five weeks of the course consists of an Introduction to the Bricklaying course, where you will gain a college certificate.

Subjects include:

• Know how to and carry out basic block-laying skills

• Know how to and carry out basic bricklaying skills

• Know how to and carry out basic cavity walling

• Know how to mix construction materials

• Know how to and contribute to setting out basic masonry structures up to DPC level

• Know how to and carry out safe working practices in Construction

• Knowledge of and use of information, quantities and communication with others

• Knowledge of and use of building methods and construction technology



What do I need to get on the course? You do not need any previous qualifications in Bricklaying. You will be interviewed, complete an initial assessment and attend a Taster day.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio. You will also need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course or sit individual modular exams.


• CSkills Level 1 Diploma in Bricklaying

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to wear protective footwear and overalls which you will need to purchase yourself prior to the start of the course.


• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Bricklaying

• If not employed in the trade, you could progress onto the Diploma Level 2 in Bricklaying


Location Beeston

BricklayingLevel 2


What will I be doing? Subjects include:


• Know how to and interpret working drawings to set out masonry structures

• Knowledge of and use of thin joint masonry and masonry structures

• Know how to and build solid walling, isolated and attached piers

• Know how to and build cavity walling forming masonry structures

• Know how to and carry out safe working practices in Construction (Level 1)




What do I need to get on the course? You will need to have completed the Bricklaying Diploma Level 1. However, you can still apply if you have no previous qualifications in Bricklaying but can produce a CV of up to date experience. You will be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio. You will also need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course or individual modular exams.


• CSkills Level 2 Diploma in Bricklaying

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased yourself prior to the start of the course.


• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence then you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Bricklaying

• If not employed in the trade, you could progress would be onto a Diploma Level 3 in Bricklaying


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in BricklayingLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bricklayer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Bricklaying. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Bricklaying. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.









• HNC / HND






Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in BricklayingLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Bricklayer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Bricklaying. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You will need to have 4 GCSEs at grades D or above including English and/or Maths or agreed equivalents. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the Company you work for.



• NVQ Level 2 in Bricklaying




What can I do when I finish the course? With a satisfactory tutor recommendation, good performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Bricklaying.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Building MaintenanceLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Maintenance Operative. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Building Maintenance. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.









How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio of evidence.





What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Maintenance Operative before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? There is no Advanced Apprenticeship in Building Maintenance. However there is the possibility, after gaining experience in your chosen occupational area, for you to progress into Occupational Work Supervision, Management or technical support areas.



Building Craft OccupationsLevel 1


What will I be doing? This course will give you the skills needed to progress to a higher level of training in either Carpentry, Plastering, Bricklaying or Painting and Decorating. The initial first twelve weeks consists of an Introduction to the Building Craft Occupations course, where you will gain a college certificate.

Subjects include:

• Know how to apply finishing material

• Know how to cut, lay and fix construction components

• Know how to handle and store construction materials

• Know how to mix construction materials

• Know how to set out for construction components



What do I need to get on the course? You will be interviewed and complete an initial assessment.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio. You will complete an on-line GOLA exam or individual modular exams.


• CSkills Certificate Level 1 in Building Craft Occupations



• Diploma Level 1 in Carpentry and Joinery

• Diploma Level 1 in Plastering

• Diploma Level 1 in Bricklaying

• Diploma Level 1 in Painting and Decorating


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Construction OperationsLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Ground Worker. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Construction Operations. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.









How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.





What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Ground Worker before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? There is no Advanced Apprenticeship in Construction Operations. However there is the possibility, after gaining experience in your chosen occupational area, for you to progress into Occupational Work Supervision, Management or technical support areas.


Location Beeston

Carpentry and JoineryLevel 1


What will I be doing? The initial first five weeks consists of an Introduction to the Carpentry and Joinery course, where you will gain a college certificate.

Subjects include:

• Know how to and produce basic woodworking points

• Know how to and maintain and use carpentry and joinery hand tools

• Know how to prepare and use carpentry and joinery portable power tools






What do I need to get on the course? You do not need to have any previous qualifications in Carpentry. However, you will need to do an initial assessment and attend a Taster Day.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio. You will also need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course or individual modular exams.


• CSkills Level 1 Diploma Carpentry and Joinery



• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Site Carpentry

• If not, you may progress onto a Diploma Level 2 in either Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry

duration 3.5 years How to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in ElectricalLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as an Electrician. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Installing Electro Technical Systems and Equipment. You will also study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and Maths or agreed equivalent.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio.








• Electrical Engineering HNC course


Location Beeston

Electrical InstallationsLevel 1


What will I be doing? This course will give you the skills needed to progress to a higher level of training in Electrical Installations.

The course subjects include:

• Structure of the Construction Industry

• Fundamental Safe Working Practices

• Environmental and Sustainability Measures in Domestic Dwellings

• Site Preparation for Working in the Construction Industry

• Electrical Installation Wiring and Terminations

• Fabrication Techniques for Electrical Installation

• Electrical Science and Technology



What do I need to get on the course? You do not need to have any previous qualifications in Electrical installation. However, you must show an interest in this subject area. This course requires learners to have the appropriate Functional Skill Levels for a Level 1 course.

How do I pass the course? Most of the assessments will be practical with short answer knowledge assignments. There will also be multiple choice tests for the common units.


• City and Guilds Level 1 Diploma in Electrical Installations

What essential information do I need to know? Please note that you are responsible for providing your own protective footwear, overalls, pens, pencils and stationery.


• City and Guilds Level 2 Diploma in Electrical Installations


Location Beeston


I would like a career in: The Electrical industy.

What will I be doing? This course gives you the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training.

The course includes classroom, theory study and practical workshop time.

Subjects include:

• Installations of Wiring Systems and Enclosures

• Health and Safety in Building Services Engineering

• Principles of Electrical Science

• Electrical Installations Technology

• How to Communicate with Others within Building Services Engineering



What do I need to get on the course? You will need to have completed a Level 1 qualification in Electrical. However, we welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in Electrical but can produce a CV of current experience. You will be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject. You would also need to complete an initial assessment.

How do I pass the course? There are four multiple choice on-line exams and two practical exams.


• City and Guilds Diploma Level 2 in Electrical Installations

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to provide protective footwear prior to the start of the course.


• City and Guilds Level 3 in Electrical Installations


Location Beeston



What will I be doing? This course gives you the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. This course is mainly classroom-based theory study with occasional workshop assignments.

Subjects include:

• Principles of Environmental Technology Systems

• Principles of Electrical Science

• Fault Diagnosis and Rectification

• Inspection, Testing and Commissioning

• Electrical Systems Design


• Career Awareness in Building Services



What do I need to get on the course? You should have a City and Guilds Level 2 Diploma in Electrical Installations. You will be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject. You will also need to complete an initial assessment.

How do I pass the course? There are two multiple choice online exams and six assessment projects.


• City and Guilds Diploma Level 3 Diploma in Electrical Installations

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to provide protective footwear prior to the start of the course.


• City and Guilds IET Wiring Regulations

• City and Guilds Periodic Inspection and Testing

• City and Guilds Initial Verification of Electrical Installations



Location Clifton

General Construction Operations: GroundworksLevel 1


What will I be doing? The initial first five weeks of the course consists of an Introduction to the Civil Engineering Services course, where you will gain a college certificate.

Subjects include:



• Know how to place and finish non specialist concrete

• Know how to lay domestic drainage

• Have an understanding of Civil Engineering Technology



What do I need to get on the course? You do not need to have any previous qualifications. You will be interviewed, complete an initial assessment and attend a Taster Day.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio. You will complete an end GOLA exam or individual modular exams.


• CSkills Level 1 Diploma in General Construction Operations



• Diploma Level 2 in General Construction Operations


Location Beeston

Painting and decoratingLevel 1


What will I be doing? The initial first five weeks of the course consists of an Introduction to the Painting and Decorating course, where you will gain a college certificate.

Subjects include:

• Know how to and prepare surfaces for decoration

• Know how to and apply paint systems by brush and roller

• Know how to and apply foundation and plain papers

• Know how to and apply specialist decorative finishes




• Know how to and erect and dismantle access equipment and working platforms



What do I need to get on the course? You do not need any previous qualifications in Painting and Decorating. However, you will be interviewed, complete an initial assessment and attend a Taster Day.



• CSkills Level 1 Diploma in Painting and Decorating



• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Painting and Decorating

• If not, you may progress onto a Diploma Level 2 in Painting and Decorating


Location Beeston



What will I be doing? Subjects include:

• Know how to and prepare surfaces for decoration

• Know how to and apply standard papers to walls and ceilings

• Know how to and produce specialist decorative finishes

• Know how to and apply water-borne paint systems using spray equipment



• Knowledge of and use of building methods and Construction technology

• Know how to and erect and dismantle access equipment and working Platforms



What do I need to get on the course? You will have already completed a Diploma Level 1 Painting and Decorating. However, we do welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in Painting and Decorating but can produce a CV of current experience. You will be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.







• If not, you may progress onto a Diploma Level 3 in Painting and Decorating


Location Beeston



What will I be doing? This course offers you the extra knowledge and skills needed to progress in Painting and Decorating.

Subjects include:

• Know how to apply paint systems by brush and roller

• Know how to apply hangings to walls and ceilings

• Know how to and produce specialist decorative finishes

• Know how to carry out specialist architectural feature work

• Know how to and apply water-borne paint systems using airless equipment

• Know how to prepare surfaces for decoration




• Know how to erect and dismantle access equipment and working platforms



What do I need to get on the course? You will have already completed a Diploma Level 2 Painting and Decorating course. However, we do welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in Painting and Decorating but can produce a CV of current experience. You will be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.








Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Painting and decoratingLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Painter and Decorator. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Painting and Decorating. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.















What can I do when I finish the course? With a satisfactory tutor recommendation, good performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Painting and Decorating.


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Painting and decoratingLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Painter and Decorator. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio in order to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Painting and Decorating. You will study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Painting and Decorating. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and the production of a personal portfolio.





What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Painter and Decorator before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools / machinery.



• HNC / HND




Location Beeston

PlasteringLevel 1


What will I be doing? The initial first five weeks of the course consists of an Introduction to the Plastering course, where you will gain a college certificate.

Subjects include:

• Know how to and prepare background surfaces and plaster materials

• Know how to and apply plaster materials to internal backgrounds

• Know how to and produce components from moulds

• Know how to produce sand and cement screeds






What do I need to get on the course? We do welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in plastering. You will be interviewed, complete an initial assessment and attend a Taster Day.



• CSkills Level 1 Diploma in Plastering



• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Plastering

• If not employed in the trade you may progress onto a Diploma Level 2 in Plastering


Location Beeston

PlasteringLevel 2



• Know how to and apply plaster materials to external surfaces

• Knowledge of and fix dry lining and plasterboard products to interiors

• Know how to and form sand and cement screeds

• Know how to and produce fibrous plaster components

• Know how to and position and secure fibrous plaster components

• Know how to and apply plaster materials to internal surfaces






What do I need to get on the course? You will need to have completed a Diploma Level 1 Plastering course. However, we welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in plastering but can produce a CV of current experience. You will also be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.






• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence, you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Plastering

• If not employed in the trade, you may progress onto a Diploma Level 3 in Plastering


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in PlasteringLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Plasterer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Plastering. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.













• Level 1 Functional Skill in English and Maths


What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation and excellent performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Plastering.


Location Beeston

PlasteringLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course will offer you further skills in Plastering.

Subjects include:

• Know how to and fix dry lining and plasterboard products to interiors

• Know how to and produce plaster components

• Know how to and position and secure fibrous plaster components

• Know how to and apply plaster materials to produce complex internal surfaces

• Know how to and apply plaster materials to produce complex external surfaces

• Know how to and form screeds and granolithic finishes

• Know how to and prepare and run in-situ moulds






What do I need to get on the course? You will have completed a NVQ Level 2 or Diploma Level 2 in Plastering. You will be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.






• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto an NVQ in Plastering

1 year

B

PlasteringConstructionduration 2 yearsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in PlasteringLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Plasterer. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Plastering. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Plastering. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.







What can I do when I finish the course? After gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities for you to progress into occupational work supervision, management, technical support areas or continue to study in the following areas:

• HNC / HND






Location Beeston

Plumbing StudiesLevel 2

I would like a career in a: Plumber.

What will I be doing? This course gives you the skills needed to progress to a higher level of training in Plumbing.

Subjects include:

• Common plumbing processes

• Cold water systems

• Domestic hot water systems

• Sanitation

• Central heating systems

• Drainage systems

• Communicating with others within Building Services Engineering


• Electrical principles and processes for Building Services Engineering

• Scientific principles for domestic, industrial and commercial plumbing



What do I need to get on the course? You will have already completed an ABC Plumbing qualification. However, we also welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in Plumbing but can produce a CV of current experience. You will be interviewed and given an entry assessment. You will also need to present evidence of an interest in the subject.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed through online examinations. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.


• City and Guilds Diploma Level 2 in Plumbing Studies



• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Plumbing

• Level 3 in Plumbing if not employed within the industry as a Plumber


Location Beeston

PlumbingLevel 1



• Introduction to working with copper pipe

• Introduction to working with plastic pressure pipe

• Introduction to safe working practices

• Introduction to structure of the Construction industry

• Introduction to environmental and sustainable measures in domestic dwellings

• Introduction to site preparation

• Introduction to above ground drainage

• Introduction to low carbon steel

• Introduction to installation, repair and maintenance of plumbing systems

• Introduction to plumbing science



What do I need to get on the course? We welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in Plumbing. You will be interviewed, complete an initial assessment and attend a Taster Day.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio. Each theory unit has an end of unit knowledge assessment.


• City and Guilds Certificate Level 1 in Practical Construction Skills - Plumbing



• ABC Level 2 Diploma in Access to Building Services Engineering


Location Beeston

PlumbingLevel 2



• Understand the roles, responsibilities and procedures within Building Services Engineering

• Understand and demonstrate fundamental electrical installation operations

• Understand and demonstrate fundamental refrigeration and air conditioning operations

• Understand and demonstrate fundamental heating and ventilation operations

• Understand and demonstrate fundamental plumbing operations

• Understand and carry out safe working practices in Building Services Engineering

• Understand how to apply environmental protection measures within BSE

• Understand how to apply scientific principles within MES



What do I need to get on the course? Completion of a Level 1 Plumbing qualification is preferred. However, we welcome applications if you have no previous qualifications in Plumbing but can produce a CV of current experience. You will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments, theoretical tests and production of a high standard personal portfolio.


• Level 2 ABC Diploma in Plumbing



• City and Guilds Plumbing Level 2

1 year

B

Plumbing StudiesConstructionduration 2 yearsHow to apply Application form

Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in PlumbingLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Plumber.

What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Plumber. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Plumbing. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.





• Level 1 Functional Skills in ICT




What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the Company you work for.






• Level 1 Functional Skill in ICT

What essential information do I need to know? You must be employed as a Plumber before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at college when using any tools /machinery.

What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, excellent performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Plumbing.


Location Beeston

Site CarpentryLevel 2






• Know how to and carry out first fixing operations

• Know how to and carry out second fixing operations

• Know how to and erect structural carcassing

• Know how to carry out maintenance to non-structural Carpentry work

• Know how to and set up and operate a circular saw



What do I need to get on the course? You will have completed a Diploma Level 1 Carpentry and Joinery. However, we welcome applications even if you have no previous qualifications in Carpentry but can produce a CV of up to date experience. You will be interviewed and need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.

How do I pass the course? Each unit is continually assessed. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio. Learners will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course or individual modular exams.


• CSkills Level 2 Diploma in Site Carpentry

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by yourself prior to the start of the course.


• Diploma Level 3 in Site Carpentry

• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto a NVQ in Site Carpentry


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Site CarpentryLevel 2


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Site Carpenter. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Site Carpentry. You will study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Level 2 Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.















What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, excellent performance and commitment at work, it is possible for you to progress onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry.


Location Beeston

Site CarpentryLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course offers you further knowledge and skills needed to progress within the trade.

Subjects include:




• Know how to and carry out first fixing operations

• Know how to and carry out second fixing operations

• Know how to and erect complex structural carcassing components

• Know how to and maintain and install non-structural and structural components

• Know how to and set up and use fixed and transportable machinery



What do I need to get on the course? You will have completed a NVQ Level 2 or Diploma Level 2 in Site Carpentry. You will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject.



• CSkills Level 3 Diploma in Site Carpentry

What essential information do I need to know? You will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by yourself prior to the start of the course.


• If you are employed and have access to work based evidence you may be able to enrol onto an NVQ in Site Carpentry

CONSTRUCTION IMAGE


Location Workplace

Advanced Apprenticeship in Site CarpentryLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a Site Carpenter. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build a portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Site Carpentry. You will study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course and be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.








What do I need to get on the course? You must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry. Applicants should have 5 GCSEs grade C or above including English and/or Maths or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.







What can I do when I finish the course? After gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are opportunities for you to progress into occupational work supervision, management, technical support areas or Higher Education, such as:

• HNC / HND





• CONFETTI

Introduction to the Creative IndustriesCreative Media Production - Broadcast Production - Digital Media & Design - Film & Drama Production - Games Production - Visual FX & Motion GraphicsMusic Technology & Performance - Performance & SongwritingMusic Technology - Studio & Live Sound - Technical Events - Urban & ElectronicPerforming Arts - Acting & Presenting for Screen

The rapidly changing world of digital media offers many opportunities to work in a wide range of exciting creative industries, including film, TV, games, music and multimedia. Confetti offers the best creative industry education and training from its Institute of Creative Technologies in the heart of Nottingham’s Creative Quarter. A Confetti course will help turn your passion into your career.

If you would like more information about our digital media courses call us on 0115 993 2321 or email [email protected]

Delivered in partnership with

The average wage for Web designers/ developers is around...

It is anticipated that demand for people to work in the AV and broadcast industries will increase by...

226 227

duration 1 year full-timeHow to apply Contact Confetti

Location Confetti Institute of Creative Technologies

Creative Media ProductionLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Creative industry.

What will I be doing? The course will give you the skills required to work in the continually evolving industries of games development and multimedia production.

You’ll enjoy practical hands-on experience, while working on real-world industry briefs.

Depending on your chosen media or games pathway, you’ll dive into the exciting world of designing games or producing television and film productions.

Using industry hardware and software, you’ll become trained and ready to progress to higher level courses or pursue a career.

Along with the benefits of attending lectures and workshops delivered by tutors who have real industry and academic experience, we have a programme of specialist guest speakers to enhance your learning experience.

You will also study Functional Skills in Maths and English.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade C or above or equivalent and show an interest in the subject.

How do I pass the course? Continual assessment via coursework and short tests completed under exam conditions. Functional English and Maths are supported while on the Level 2 Music Technology course.


• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Creative Media Production

What essential information do I need to know? This course is timetabled for 14 hours per week with two intakes in September and January. January courses are subject to the number of applicants.

Apply by:

• Email: [email protected]

• Tel: 0115 993 2321

• Web: www.confetti.uk.com

What can I do when I finish the course? The next step for Level 2 students is to continue in Further Education by joining any of our Level 3 Extended Diploma courses in TV, Film, Games, Visual FX, Multimedia and Music.

These are qualifications recognised by employers and Higher Education Institutions.

duration 1 yearHow to apply Contact Confetti


Introduction to the Creative IndustriesLevel 1


What will I be doing? If you have an interest and desire to work in the Creative Industries, then this is the course for you. If you struggled at school or didn’t get the grades you wanted, then this course could be a second chance for you to achieve great things.

With the perfect mix of practical and academic projects, you’ll gain knowledge and experience in the following areas:

• Recording studio skills

• Gaming

• TV and Film

• DJ Skills

• Graphic Design

Alongside these you’ll also study:


• Personal, social development


What do I need to get on the course? Ideally, you will have achieved a GCSE grade E in English and Maths, however if you have not achieved this, we will give you the opportunity to prove that you can work at this level.

How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment and a short test completed under exam conditions.


• AIM Awards Level 1 Diploma in Skills for Employment and Further Learning

What essential information do I need to know? Apply by:


• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? If you are successful on the Level 1 course, you will be able to study on one of our Level 2 courses.

duration 2 years full-timeHow to apply Contact Confetti


Broadcast ProductionLevel 3


What will I be doing? If you have a strong interest in radio and are considering higher level study, such as a Foundation Degree, HND or Degree course, or you wish to gain specialist vocational skills then the Level 3 Broadcast Production course is for you. The course will give you the skills needed to work professionally in the Broadcast industry.

The course will cover all aspects of multi platform broadcast production. You’ll work on projects for Nottingham’s new TV channel Notts TV, as well as develop and produce a number of practical projects which can be used as a visual portfolio for future employers.

You’ll work with crews from the regional and national broadcast industry to gain real work experience and learn to write, record and edit your own broadcast material using industry-standard software and hardware.

You’ll learn how to use Sony HD cameras, Final Cut Pro, Soundtrack Pro, Adobe Photoshop, Autodesk Maya and DVD Studio Pro, as well as professional sound, lighting and studio equipment.



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade A* to C which must include English and Maths; or a Merit overall at BTEC Level 2, or equivalent.

How do I pass the course? Continual assessment throughout the duration of the course.


• BTEC Diploma Level 3 in Broadcast Production



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? There is a natural progression into associated Foundation or BA Degrees in Games Technology or Film and Television Production Technology. Both are available at Confetti Institute of Creative Technologies.

There are a number of career options available, including:

• Camera operator

• TV director

• Broadcast journalist

• Radio host

• Production assistant



digital Media and designLevel 3


What will I be doing? You’ll gain the professional skills needed to work on numerous digital platforms from photography and mobile Apps to website and graphic design.

You’ll gain practical skills using the latest industry technology and software from Photoshop and InDesign,through to After Effects and Dreamweaver.

You’ll earn the fundamentals of design and digital media, as well as get real industry experience as a designer, working on live client briefs and with industry professionals.

You’ll learn how to work to real deadlines, pitch for commissions, present your work with confidence and design and negotiate your way through a client brief.

You’ll create a professional portfolio of work that will support you in your design career.




How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment throughout the duration of the course. Assessment is undertaken through a variety of methods using subject specific projects to grade both practical and academic skills.


• BTEC Level 3 Digital Media and Design



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? You can continue with further study onto a degree level course, career options include:

• Website or Mobile App developer

• Graphic designer

• Photographer

• Art director

• Social media executive



Film and drama ProductionLevel 3


What will I be doing? You will develop practical skills in film production and screenwriting abilities.

You will learn about the UK film and broadcast industries and employment opportunities and develop cinematography and your team-working skills. Throughout the course your written and verbal communication skills will also develop.




How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment throughout the duration of the course through a variety of methods using subject specific projects to grade both practical and academic skills.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Film and Drama Production



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? As well as going on to study for an Foundation Degree in Film Production Technology here at Confetti, a variety of career options are available:

• Camera operator

• Director

• Runner

• Researcher

• Production assistant



Games ProductionLevel 3


What will I be doing? On this course you will learn about every aspect of games design, from concept to production. You will get real experience from industry professionals working with games companies.

Our industry experienced tutors will support and teach you the practical and technical skills needed to produce your own portfolio of games design, using industry software and resources programs like 3D Studio Max, Maya, Mud box, Unreal Development Kit, Ren Pi, Game Maker and Photoshop. You’ll learn on custom-built games design suites to recreate the industry environment. Along with the benefits of attending lectures and workshops, we have a programme of specialist guest speakers to enhance your learning experience both inside and outside the classroom. There are also regular trips to gaming conventions and festival, including the world-renonwed GameCity.




How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment throughout the duration of the course through a variety of methods using subject specific projects to grade both practical and academic skills.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Games Development



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? You can continue with further study by doing a Foundation or BA Degree Level courses in Games Technology or Film and Television Production Technology are both available at Confetti Institute of Creative technologies.

Career opportunites include:

• 3D modelling and animation

• Concept art creator

• Level designer

• Quality assurance tester

• Story and narrative writer



Visual FX and Motion GraphicsLevel 3


What will I be doing? Our Visual Effects and Motion Graphics course is perfect for creative people looking to explore the exciting and ever developing world of film and television visual effects production.

This course has been designed to provide students with a broad range of skills for a variety of platforms including television, video games and the motion picture industry. Using cutting-edge software and hardware, you’ll learn a variety of production and visual effects techniques; ranging from camera and editing technology through to 3D modeling, motion capture, camera match and compositing. You will learn the fundamentals of design and explore the dynamic CGI industry. You will use this knowledge to create of a portfolio of VFX and motion graphics work, showcasing your ability from concept to completion.



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C and must include English and Maths. A merit overall at BTEC Level 2 or equivalent.



• BTEC Extended Diploma in Creative Media Production – Visual FX and Motion Graphics



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? The Visual Effects and Motion Graphics course provides a firm bedrock of skills that will allow natural progression into associated foundation or BA Degrees in Games Technology or Film and Television Production Technology. Both are available at Confetti Institute of Creative Technologies.

duration 1 year full-timeHow to apply Contact Confetti


Music Technology and PerformanceLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Music industry.

What will I be doing? Our Level 2 course in Music Technology, provides you with the opportunity to experience a great mixture of practical and academic work, aimed at giving you the skills necessary for a higher level of study or employment in the music and related Creative Industries. You’ll explore the different areas within the music industry, how to create and compose music and understand the individuals and roles that define the music industry.

You will learn the practical and technical skills needed to produce your own portfolio of music, using industry software and resources programs like Reason and Cubase. Along with the benefits of attending lectures and workshops, we have a programme of specialist guest speakers to enhance your learning experience.



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade C or above or equivalent and be able to demonstrate an interest in the subject.

How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment via coursework and short tests completed under exam conditions. Functional English and Maths are supported while on the Level 2 music technology course. Personal tutorials are on hand to give support and guidance throughout the course along with our Educational support team.


• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Music Technology

What essential information do I need to know? This course is timetabled for 14 hours per week with two intakes in September and January. January courses are subject to the number of applicants.

Apply by:


• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? You can continue further study by joining either the Rock and Live or Urban Production courses which are Extended Level 3 Diplomas.

These are qualifications recognised by employers and Higher Education Institutions.



Music Technology: Performance and SongwritingLevel 3


What will I be doing? You will develop your performance and techniques. You will have the chance to perform your own compositions at leading Nottingham music venues. Developing knowledge of the music industry and entrepreneurial skills, having access to industry standard equipment and commercial performance spaces.



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade A* to C which must include English & Maths; or a Merit overall at BTEC Level 2, or equivalent.



• BTEC Level 3 in Performance and Songwriting



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? There are a variety of career options available to you, including:

• Session musician

• Singer / Songwriter

• Freelance musician

• Producer

• Film / TV composer

• Music management

• Teacher



Music Technology: Studio and Live SoundLevel 3


What will I be doing? You will develop skills in studio and live sound engineering, learn audio production skills for a wide range of digital media, as well as develop knowledge of the music industry and entrepreneurial skills. You’ll also have access to industry-standard equipment and recording facilities.




How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment via coursework and short tests completed under exam conditions. Functional English and Maths are supported while on the Level 3 Music Technology course. Personal tutorials are on hand to give support and guidance throughout the course along with our Educational support team.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Studio and Live Sound



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? You can continue to a degree level Music Technology course, available here at Confetti.

There are a number of career options available, including:

• Studio or Live Sound Engineer

• Producer

• Music Management

• Touring Crew Member

• Sound Designer for Film or Games



Music Technology: Urban and ElectronicLevel 3


What will I be doing? Beats, bass and bleeps, we’ve got it covered. If you love electronic and urban music, this course is for you. Covering a broad spectrum of contemporary music genres including House, Drum and Bass, Dubstep, Hip Hop, Trap and Techno, you’ll learn about the origins of electronic music and how music has developed.

During your time on the course, you’ll learn the skills of music production, develop your DJ and live music performance techniques, promote your own events and club nights, learn about how the music industry works and set up your own business in the music industry.

You will use a variety of industry-standard equipment from manufacturers that include Pioneer, Ableton, Native Instruments, Proppellerhead and Serato. You will be taught by tutors and guest mentors with a vast knowledge of the music industry and Electronic and Urban music production.



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A to C and must include English and Maths or and Merit overall at BTEC Level 2 or equivalent.

How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment throughout the duration of the course using a variety of methods to grade both practical and academic skills.


• BTEC Level 3 in Music Technology



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? Successful completion of this Level 3 qualification will allow progression onto a Foundation or BA Degree Level course in a similar subject area.



Music Technology: Technical EventsLevel 3


What will I be doing? The BTEC Level 3 Technical Events course offers exciting opportunities within the live event industry.

Whether it is large venue sound, festivals, lighting, full stage productions, stage managementor production management, the Technical Events course provides practical experiences within professional venues as well as the vital theoretical knowledge that prepares you for the industry.




How do I pass the course? There is continual assessment using subject specific projects to grade practical and academic skills.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Technical Events



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? As well as progress onto degree courses such as technical theatre and live sound and production, career options include:

• Production Manager

• Live Sound Engineer

• Lighting Engineer / Lighting Designer

• Back Stage Crew and Stage Manager

• Event Organiser / Site Manager

DIGITAL MEDIA IMAGE



Performing Arts - Acting and Presenting for ScreenLevel 3


What will I be doing? You will develop acting and presenting skills alongside traditional theatrical acting, learn drama and TV performance techniques, as well as voice-over, drama and radio skills.

You will produce and perform various performances and productions, as well as develop an in-depth knowledge of the performance industry, professions and organisations.

You will also learn multi-media performance techniques, including motion capture and green screen technologies.






• BTEC Level 3 in Acting and Presenting for Screen



• Tel: 0115 993 2321


What can I do when I finish the course? Continuing with further study there are a number of career options available:

• TV Presenter

• Character Actor

• Voice-over Artist

• Radio Performer

• Teacher / Tutor

• Multimedia Performer

• HIGHFIELDS• NEW BASFORD

Engineering Engineering & TechnologyFabrication and Welding

Our Engineering department has two specially equipped sites in Nottingham, at Highfields Science Park and New Basford. We offer a range of courses including Manufacturing, Maintenance, Electrical/Electronic, Fabrication and Welding, and you can study with us from Level 1 up to Level 5 (HND).

The centre of excellence at Highfields offers large workshops with industry-standard equipment for milling and turning, and specialised electronic kit including a program logic controller training rig worth half a million pounds. Classroom technology includes AutoCAD (Computer Aided Design) and we are the only college in the region to offer a CNC (Computer Numerical Control) simulator training package.

Our New Basford centre is dedicated to fabrication and welding training. Initial skills can be developed on the virtual welder – our specialist training technology originally designed for the US army. New Basford offers more welding bays than any other college in the East Midlands, ensuring you get the best hands-on experience in MIG and TIG welding.

Central’s Engineering department works with some of the leading names in the industry, including Rolls Royce, Reckitt Benckiser and Z F Services Ltd, as well as one of the country’s leading universities, The University of Nottingham.

We’re the first college in the region to be awarded STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths) Assured Status which means you can be confident our provision is high quality and meets the needs and expectations of employers.

Full-time courses offer you a clear progression route on your journey to become a qualified Engineer, with continued support from staff who have industry experience in their specialist area. Most students who achieve a full-time qualification with us progress onto an Apprenticeship or into Higher Education.

The average wage for Electrical Engineers is around...

242 243


Location Highfields

EAL Advanced Engineering and TechnologyLevel 3


What will I be doing? This qualification covers 50% practical skills and 50% knowledge, ensuring you will have gained practical experience and some expectation of the situations you could face in a job role within the Engineering sector. It covers Advanced Level knowledge and understanding of a broad range of Engineering competencies.

Optional Units are:

• Electrical and Electronic Principles

• General Engineering Maintenance Techniques

• Installation of Electrical Equipment

• Advanced Mathematics

• Engineering Design Process

Mandatory Units are:

• Engineering and Environmental Health and Safety

• Engineering Organisational Efficiency and Improvement



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above (or equivalent) including English, Maths and Science. Other qualifications at Level 3 may be considered suitable. These will be judged on their individual merit at the time of your application and interview.

How do I pass the course? Continuous assessment of each unit. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments, online tests and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• EAL Level 3 Diploma in Advanced Engineering and Technology

What essential information do I need to know? This qualification forms part of an Advanced Level Engineering Framework.

This course does not carry any UCAS points.

Regular attendance on this course is really important and we prefer to see enthusiastic students who attend 90% of the course - this is important for progression on to other Engineering courses.


• BTEC

• Employment into Engineering


Location Highfields

EngineeringLevel 3


What will I be doing? This course is for you if you would like to obtain primarily theoretical skills supplemented with some practical skills in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. This course can be taken with a view to gaining employment in the Electrical or Mechanical industry.

Specialist units:

• Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials

• Electro / Pneumatic and Hydraulic System and Devices

• Computer Aided Drafting

• Further Mathematics for Engineering Technicians

Core units:

• Health and Safety in the Engineering Workplace

• Mathematics for Technicians

• Electrical and Electronic Principles

• Mechanical Principles

• Engineering Project



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above (or equivalent) including English, Maths and Science. Other qualifications at Level 3 may be considered suitable. These will be judged on their individual merit at the time of your application and interview.

How do I pass the course? You will complete a programme of assignments and project work to satisfy a Pass, Merit or Distinction.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Engineering

What essential information do I need to know? The course runs for 1 year and forms part of an Advanced Level Engineering Framework.


• HNC / HND Higher Education



Location New Basford – Engineering Centre

Fabrication and WeldingLevel 1

I would like a career in: Fabrication and Welding.

What will I be doing? The City and Guilds Level 1 Certificate in MIG, TIG and MMA Welding. These qualifications are aimed to give you the necessary Welding skills needed to progress to a Higher Level of Engineering.



What do I need to get on the course? You can still apply if you have no previous qualifications in Engineering. You will be interviewed and complete an initial assessment.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. You will show evidence of competence through five practical assessments for each unit and a 15 question oral exam for each unit.


• City and Guilds Level 1 Award in MIG Welding

• City and Guilds Level 1 Award in TIG Welding

• City and Guilds Level 1 Award in MMA Welding

• Entry 3 Functional Skills in English and Maths

• Employability Skills and Project

What essential information do I need to know? The additional qualifications on this course are aimed at preparing you for progression to Level 2.

On the programme you will be expected to wear steel toe cap boots, flame retardant overalls and protective head wear, which are all provided by the College.



• Further study on an Engineering Level 2 course

• Level 2 Apprenticeship if you are successful in gaining employment within the industry





What will I be doing? The City and Guilds Level 2 Certificate is aimed at preparing you for further learning or training in developing knowledge and skills in the subject area.

Optional Units include:

• Fabrication Processes – Sheet Metal

• Tungsten – Arc Gas Shielded (TIG)

• MIG Welding

Mandatory Units:

• Working in Engineering

• Principles of Engineering Technology

• Principles of Fabrication and Welding Technology



What do I need to get on the course? You can apply if you have Level 1 in an Engineering qualification or have a minimum of Grade E or above (or equivalent) in English and Maths. Other applications will be considered on an individual basis.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. You will show evidence of competence through practical assessments, an online test and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• City and Guilds 2850 Level 2 Certificate in Fabrication and Welding Practice


• Employability Skills and Project

What essential information do I need to know? The additional qualifications of this course are aimed at preparing you for progression to Level 3.

On the programme you will be expected to wear steel toe cap boots, flame retardant overalls and protective head-wear, which are all provided by the College.



• Further study on an Engineering Level 3 course

• Intermediate / Advanced Apprenticeship if you are successful in gaining employment within the industry





What will I be doing? The City and Guilds Level 3 in Engineering is aimed at preparing you for further learning or training in developing knowledge and skills in the subject area.

Optional Units include:

• MIG Welding of Materials

• TIG Welding of Materials

• Sheet Metalwork Fabrication of Materials

Mandatory Unit:

• Engineering Health and Safety

• Engineering Principles

• Principles of Fabrication and Welding



What do I need to get on the course? You can apply if you have Level 2 Certificate in Fabrication and Welding Practice. You will be considered if you have previous welding knowledge. Other applications will be considered on an individual basis.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. You will show evidence of competence through practical assessments, an online test and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• City and Guilds Level 3 in Fabrication and Welding

What essential information do I need to know? On the programme you will be expected to wear steel toe cap boots, flame retardant overalls and protective headwear, which are all provided by the College.



• Further study on an Advanced Engineering Level 3 course

• Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3) if you are successful in gaining employment within the industry



Apprenticeship in EngineeringLevel 2


What will I be doing? If you would like to work in the industry’s engineering sector then this course could be for you. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 Diploma in Performing Engineering Operations and the Level 2 Award in Industrial Environmental Awareness qualifications.










• Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Performing Engineering Operations

• Level 2 Award in Industrial Environmental Awareness





What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation, good performance and proving commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level Apprenticeship.






ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY IMAGE



Advanced Apprenticeship in EngineeringLevel 3


What will I be doing? If you would like to work in the industry’s engineering sector then this course could be for you. You will be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio building to compile the evidence you need for your qualifications.



• Engineering Toolmaking


• Engineering Technical Support







• Level 3 NVQ Extended Diploma

• Level 3 Technical Certificate






• Higher Apprenticeship or HNC


• Engineering Maintenance and Engineering Toolmaking





• MAID MARIAN WAY

ESOL - Skills for Life ESOL - Skills for Life with Maths & ICT ESOL - Skills for Life 16-18 Programme

Our School of Lifelong Learning offers full and part-time English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) courses for students of all ages.

You’ll benefit from extensive support during pre-admission from our partner, Begin. Central staff will support you during the initial advice and guidance stage and throughout your course.

Class sizes are monitored to ensure you are given as much help as possible. Our Student Services staff will support any additional learning needs you may have and colleagues from key external agencies will work with you to help you make career choices and deal with any potentially difficult social issues you may be facing.

252 253



ESOL Skills for Life with Maths and ICTLevel 1

What will I be doing? This is a Level 1 course if your first language is not English. It includes English, Maths and ICT and if you are successful you will have the skills to continue in education or move into the employment market.


• Speaking and Listening

• Reading

• Writing

• Grammar

• Mathematics

• ICT


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to complete an initial assessment or have an Entry 3 qualification in English.

How do I pass the course? End of course assessment.


• Certificate in ESOL Skills for Life

• Functional Skills in Mathematics

• Functional Skills in ICT

What essential information do I need to know? You will receive substantial guidance throughout the year to help you progress onto other vocational courses.

This course will help you to build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. You will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve your employability.

What can I do when I finish the course? You will be able to proceed onto main stream vocational courses.



ESOL Skills for LifeEntry Level

What will I be doing? This course is ideal for you if you want to improve your understanding of English. It is designed to give you confidence to communicate in English both in the classroom and in your everyday environment.



• Reading

• Writing

• Grammar


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to complete an initial assessment.

How do I pass the course? Assessments are taken at the end of each term.




This course will help build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. You will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve your employability.

What can I do when I finish the course? You will be able to continue onto a Level 1 or Level 2 ESOL course which includes Maths and ICT. This will help you gain employment or proceed onto vocational courses.



ESOL Skills for Life16 - 18 Programme

What will I be doing? This is a multi-levelled course (Entry 1 to Level 2) if your first language is not English. It includes English, ICT, Mathematics and Employability and Personal Development skills.





• Award in Employability and Personal Development


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to complete an initial assessment. You will then be placed in the appropriate class.

How do I pass the course? Students need to produce a personal portfolio of evidence and assessments are taken at the end of each term.





• Award in Employability and Personal Development


This course will help you to build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. You will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve employability.

What can I do when I finish the course? You will be able to continue with your English and Maths studies or proceed onto vocational courses depending on your level of English.



ESOL Skills for LifeHigher Intermediate Level

What will I be doing? The course is designed to prepare you for entry onto mainstream Level 2 courses across the College.



• Reading

• Writing

• Grammar


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to complete an initial assessment or have a Level 1 qualification in English.

How do I pass the course? Assessments are taken at the end of each term.




This course will help build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. You will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve your employability.

What can I do when I finish the course? Successful completion of the course will increase your employability and allow you to proceed to main stream courses across the colleges.

Our courses are personalised programmes which are open to young people who are not in education, employment or training and particularly anyone who has left school with no qualifications or low grades.

The courses are designed to engage you and provide a supportive environment to develop your personal and social skills and your qualifications. Pre-Apprenticeships can be from just six weeks long up to one year, depending on the option you choose.

Each course has a dedicated tutor and includes regular one to one progress reviews.

The courses are aimed at you whether you would like to explore different subject areas or just have an introduction to a specific subject area and want to develop your personal and social skills, improve your English and Maths and your employability and job search skills.

The Trade Taster route gives you the chance to find out more about many different types of job roles in a variety of sectors. You’ll spend the year sampling several industry areas, selecting your own programme. You’ll be able to get a brief introduction to working in areas such as care, retail, automotive, sport, catering or construction which will help you to find an industry that’s right for you

Completion of these courses will enable you to progress onto a variety of courses, work or training.

• BEESTON• CLIFTON• MAID MARIAN WAY

Pre-Apprenticeships Introduction to Building Services Introduction to Construction Introduction to Motor Vehicle Trade Tasters - Tailored to Learning

258 259

duration 6 months full-timeHow to apply Application form


Pre-ApprenticeshipsLevel 1

I would like a career in: Any vocational area.

What will I be doing? This course is designed for you if you are working towards gaining an Apprenticeship or employment within a 6 month time frame. The course includes work placement, work preparation training and Functional Skills in English and Maths.

All assignments are tailored towards your individual chosen career area.


• Employability / Work Preparation

• Vocational Tasters

• A minimum 6 weeks work placement




How do I pass the course? There will be continuous assessment of each unit. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• City and Guilds Certificate in Employability


What essential information do I need to know? As the year progresses you will participate in work projects and will be taken out of college on trips. Costs for residentials or trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

What can I do when I finish the course? You are expected to progress onto one of the following:

• An Apprenticeship

• Employment

• Further Education / Training



Introduction to Building ServicesEntry 3

I would like a career in: Building Services.

What will I be doing? This course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Building Services industry. This course is suitable for you if you are interested in a future career within Construction focusing on building services and wish to develop your personal and social skills. The course also provides opportunities for you to experience other trades and vocational areas.


• Introduction to Plumbing Skills

• Introduction to Electrical Skills

• Career Preparation

• Working in a Team / Problem Solving

• Introduction to Health and Safety






• City and Guilds Entry 3 Certificate in Basic Construction Skills


What essential information do I need to know? As the year progresses you will participate in work projects and will be taken out of college to go on trips. Costs for residentials and trips can be paid for during the course of the year.


• Level 1 course in your specialised trade

• Employment


Location Clifton

Introduction to Motor VehicleEntry 3

I would like a career in: The automotive industry.

What will I be doing? This course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Motor Vehicle industry. This course is suitable for you if you are interested in a future career within Motor Vehicle and wish to develop your personal and social skills. The course also provides opportunities to experience other trades and vocational areas.


• Introduction to Motor Vehicle

• Maintenance Routines

• Tyres and Wheels








• Entry 3 Occupational Studies for the Workplace Certificate (specialising in Motor Vehicle units)




• Entry 3 IMI Motor Vehicle Course

• Employment



Introduction to ConstructionEntry 3

I would like a career in: Construction.

What will I be doing? This course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Construction industry. This course is suitable for you if you are interested in a future career within Construction and wish to develop your personal and social skills. The course also provides opportunities for you to experience other trades and vocational areas.


• Introduction to Bricklaying Skills

• Introduction to Joinery Skills

• Introduction to Painting Skills








• City and Guilds Entry 3 Certificate in Basic Construction Skills




• Level 1 course in your specialised trade

• Employment

FOUNDATION FOR APPRENTICE-SHIPS & WORK IMAGE


Location Maid Marian Way Beeston

Trade TastersEntry 3

I would like a career in: All Career / Trade Areas.

What will I be doing? This course is aimed at you if you would like a full time college course but maybe unsure of your career path or vocational preference. The course provides time for you to try different vocational / trade areas and develops your employability skills. The Trade Tasters course is suitable if you would like to develop your personal and social development, confidence, self-esteem and Functional Skills.


• Tasters in different vocational trades

• Personal and social development

• Employability / career preparation

• Working in a team / problem solving

• Functional skills in English and Maths





• NCFE Occupational Studies for the Workplace Certificate

• City and Guilds Employability Award

• Vocational / Trade Certificates




• Entry 3 / Level 1 course in a specialised trade

• Employment

GCSE

• BEESTON

GCSE - Maths - English - Physics - Chemistry - Biology - Sociology - History - Human Physiology - Psychology

Our GCSE programme is ideal if you want to improve your grades from school by re-sitting some subjects or if you took your exams a while ago, you may need to have certain qualifications to help further your career.

At Central we’re recognised for the specialisms offered in Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM), therefore the GCSE subjects available for the Science pathway are English, Maths, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Psychology and Human Physiology. We also offer the Humanities pathway, featuring English and/or Maths, History and Sociology.

You can study up to five GCSEs from this range to create a programme to suit you. The pathways enable you to study in a block, usually over three days each week. This is intended to give you an element of flexibility for other commitments you may have, such as work.

Both pathways will be offered at our Beeston campus. Once you have successfully completed the course, you will be able to progress onto Level 3 programmes with us.

266 267

GCSE RESITS IMAGE


Location Beeston

GCSEs: ResitLevel 2

What will I be doing? This is a resit course with the aim of building on GCSE results already achieved and to work towards full Level 2 status (5 grade Cs or above).

GCSEs are offered in a range of subjects such as:

• Maths

• English

• Human Physiology

• Physics

• Chemistry

• Biology

• History

• Sociology

• Psychology


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at Grade D or above which must include English and Maths, or Functional Skills English and Maths at Level 2. All applicants will need to have a good reference.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is dependent on the GCSE studied and will either be all exams or a mixture of exams and coursework. This will be discussed with you at your interview.


• GCSE in: Maths, English, Human Physiology, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, History, Sociology and Psychology

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to purchase revision guides and textbooks costing approximately £20 and any other item that is appropriate to the subject studied.


• BTEC Level 3 Vocational studies

• Access to HE

Hairdressing and Beau-ty Therapy

• BEESTON• WHEELER GATE

Barbering Beauty TherapyBeauty Therapy - Massage & GeneralIntroduction to Hair & BeautyHair & BeautyHair & Media Make-upHairdressingMake-up ArtistryNail Services Spa Therapy ServicesWomen’s & Men’s Hairdressing

Where could a career in Hair and Beauty take you? You could run your own salon, work from home or even work on a cruise-ship and travel the world.

Our courses range from Level 1 to Level 3 in Hairdressing and Barbering, Beauty Therapy, Make-up, Nail Enhancement and Massage. You’ll be taught by highly skilled, qualified staff who have many years’ experience working in the industry.

We’ve invested significantly in our state-of-the-art teaching facilities and opened our latest commercial salon in Nottingham city centre in Autum 2014. This means you can now study and get hands-on experience with clients at two Central College salons open to the public, delivering an extensive range of professional hairdressing, beauty therapy, barbering and make-up artistry services in Nottingham city centre and Beeston.

It is anticipated that almost

in the East Midlands will be employed as hairdressers or barbers by 2020

270 271



Apprenticeship in BarberingLevel 2

I would like a career in: Men’s Barbering.

What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 2 in Barbering as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).


• Perm and Neutralise Hair

• Cut Hair Using Basic Barbering Techniques

• Cut Facial Hair to Shape Using Basic Techniques











What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required.



• NVQ Level 2 Barbering


What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a hair salon. Your 30 hours include one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. Kit costs are approximately £190.00



• Advanced Apprenticeship in Barbering Level 3


Location Beeston

BarberingLevel 2

I would like a career in: Barbering.

What will I be doing? This course offers comprehensive training in all aspects of men’s hairdressing. It builds on knowledge and practical training to increase the skills of the learner. The course requires you to do one day a week in a work placement.





• Promote Additional Services or Products to Customers

• Develop and Maintain Your Effectiveness at Work

• Cut Hair using Basic Barbering Techniques

• Cut Facial Hair to Shape using Basic Techniques


• Create Basic Patterns in Hair

• Ensure Responsibility for Actions to Reduce Risks To Health and Safety



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a Literacy and Numeracy assessment if they cannot produce evidence of entry requirements.

How do I pass the course? Through continuous assessment of each unit. You will need to present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• NVQ in Barbering Level 2

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. Kit costs are approximately £190.00. You will attend a work placement one day a week. At enrolment you will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.



• Level 3 Barbering




Apprenticeship in Beauty TherapyLevel 2


What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 2 in Beauty as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).



• Manicure and Pedicure Services

• Shape Eyebrows and Eyelash Services

• Waxing Services






What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. Level 1 in Beauty or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy is desirable but not essential. A satisfactory reference will be required.



• NVQ Level 2 Beauty Therapy (General Route)


What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a beauty salon. Your 30 hours includes one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. Kit costs are approximately £144.00.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Beauty Therapy

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Beauty Therapy

• Level 3 Make up Artistry Diploma



Location Beeston Wheeler Gate

Beauty TherapyLevel 2


What will I be doing? The Level 2 NVQ in Beauty Therapy enables you to gain a qualification preparing you for work, based on National Occupational Standards for Beauty Therapy.

Units include:


• Pedicure Services

• Eyebrows and Eyelashes

• Waxing Services

• Promote Services / Products to Customers

• Manicure Services



Plus optional units relating to the beauty industry.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 1 Beauty or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy qualification or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a Literacy and Numeracy assessment if they are unable to produce evidence of entry requirements.



• NVQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times at College. Kit costs are approximately £144.00. At enrolment you will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Beauty Therapy (General and Massage routes available)

• Level 3 Make-up Artistry Diploma





Advanced Apprenticeship in Beauty Therapy (Massage and General)Level 3


What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 3 in Beauty Therapy (General or Massage route) as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).




• Massage Using Pre-blended Oils


• Body Electrical, Facial Electrical and Epilation

• Tanning

• Monitor Procedures to Safely Control Work


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. For the General route you must have an NVQ / VRQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy. For the Massage route you do not require a previous Level 2 qualification in Beauty Therapy.



• NVQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy (General Route)


What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a beauty salon. Your 30 hours includes one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit for the Massage route costs approximately £98.00. Kits costs for the General route are yet to be confirmed.






Beauty Therapy Massage and GeneralLevel 3


What will I be doing? The NVQ / VRQ Level 3 in Beauty Therapy enables you to gain a qualification preparing you for work, based on National Occupational Standards for Beauty Therapy. The qualification will complement the knowledge and skills already gained at Level 2 and is focused on producing highly proficient, occupationally competent Beauty Therapists. This qualification will equip learners with the required attributes, skills, knowledge and understanding needed to perform professional treatments for clients.




• Carry Out Massage using Pre-blended Aromatherapy Oils




What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 2 Beauty Therapy or 4 GCSEs at grade A* to C to include English Language. Options will be discussed at interview.



• NVQ / VRQ Level 3 in Beauty Therapy

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. Kit costs for the Massage Route are approximately £98.00. The General Route kits costs have yet to be confirmed. At enrolment all students will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.





Location Beeston

Introduction to Hair and BeautyLevel 1

I would like a career in: The Hair and Beauty industry.

What will I be doing? This course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Hair and Beauty industry. This course is suitable for anyone who is interested in a future career within Hair and Beauty and wishes to develop their personal and social skills. The course also provides opportunities for you to experience other trades and vocational areas.

Subjects include:

• Introduction to the Hair Sector

• Introduction to the Beauty Sector

• Hairdressing Units

• Beauty units

• Create an Image

• Customer Service




Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme (unless the learner holds this or alternative qualifications) and therefore, additional hours will be necessary to allow for these.



How do I pass the course? Continuous assessment of each unit. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• City and Guilds Level 1 Diploma - Introduction to Hair and Beauty


What essential information do I need to know? As the year progresses you will participate in work projects and will go on College trips. Costs for residentials or trips can be paid for during the course of the year.


• Level 2 Hairdressing

• Level 2 Beauty

• Level 2 Nails

• Level 2 Hair and Beauty

• Level 2 Hair and Make-up


Location Wheeler Gate

Hair and Beauty Level 2

I would like a career in: The Hair and Beauty industry.

What will I be doing? The Level 2 Diploma in Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy enables you to gain a qualification making you ready for work, based on National Occupational Standards for Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy.

Units include:


• Pedicure Services

• Eyebrows and Eyelashes

• Waxing Services

• Manicure Services

• Dressing Hair

• Shampoo and Condition Hair

• Cutting Hair

• Colour Hair


• Client Care and Consultation


What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D, including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a Literacy and Numeracy assessment if they are unable to produce evidence of entry requirements.



• Level 2 Diploma in Hair and Beauty

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. Kit costs are approximately £250.00. At enrolment you will also be required to pay a £30 fee for a work package.


• NVQ Level 3 in Beauty Therapy or Hairdressing


Location Beeston

Hair and Media Make-UpLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Hair and Media Make-up industry.

What will I be doing? The qualification will enable learners to gain the skills and understanding required in order to perform a range of professional beauty make-up treatments for clients in the Beauty Therapy industry. They will also gain basic skills in Hairdressing.

Units include:

• Tanning

• Applying Make-up

• Photographic Make-up

• Applying Basic Colour

• Shampoo and Condition

Plus optional units in related fields.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 1 Beauty or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy qualification or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A good reference will be required. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a Literacy and Numeracy assessment if they are unable to produce evidence of entry requirements.



• VRQ Level 2 in Hair and Media Make-up

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit costs approximately £220. At enrolment you will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.


• Level 3 Make-up Artistry



HairdressingLevel 2


What will I be doing? The Level 2 NVQ / VRQ in Hairdressing enables you to gain a qualification making you ready for work, based on National Occupational Standards for Hairdressing at Level 2. This qualification will equip you with the required attributes, skills, knowledge and understanding needed to perform professional hairdressing services for clients.

Units include:



• Change Hair Colour and Finish Hair




• Give Customers a Positive Impression of You and Your Organisation

• In addition students will study Functional Skills in English, Maths or IT


What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 1 Hairdressing or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a Numeracy and Literacy assessment if they are unable to produce evidence of entry requirements. A satisfactory reference will also be required.



• NVQ / VRQ Level 2 Diploma in Hairdressing

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit costs approximately £218.00. At enrolment you will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.



• Level 2 Diploma in Barbering




Apprenticeship in HairdressingLevel 2


What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 2 in Hairdressing as well as Functional Skills at the appropriate level (subject to GCSEs).





• Style and Finish Hair



• Responsibility for Actions to Reduce Risks to Health and Safety

• Give Customers a Positive Impression



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D (one of which must be in English Language), or equivalent qualifications. Level 1 in Hairdressing or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy is desirable but not essential. A good reference will be required.





What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a hair salon. Your 30 hours includes one day in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit costs approximately £219.00.



• Advanced Apprenticeship in Hairdressing Level 3



HairdressingLevel 3


What will I be doing? The Level 3 NVQ / VRQ in Hairdressing enables you to gain a qualification getting you ready to work. This qualification will equip you with the required attributes, skills, knowledge and understanding needed to perform professional services for clients in the Hairdressing industry.

Units include:

• Provide Hairdressing Consultation Services


• Promote Additional Services or Products to Customers


Plus optional units relating to the Hairdressing industry.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need NVQ / VRQ Level 2 Hairdressing or equivalent qualifications. There may be applicants who will need to complete a Literacy and Numeracy assessment before being offered a place. A satisfactory reference will also be required.




What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit costs approximately £98.00. At enrolment you will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.







Advanced Apprenticeship in HairdressingLevel 3


What will I be doing? You will come into College one day a week for the NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing. The NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing enables you to gain a job-ready qualification based on National Occupational Standards for Hairdressing.


• Provide Hairdressing Consultation Service






What do I need to get on the course? You will need Level 2 Hairdressing or NVQ Level 2 in Hairdressing and Functional Skills in English and Maths at the appropriate level.



• NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing


What essential information do I need to know? You will be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week which includes one day a week in College. You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. The kit costs approximately £98.00.




Location Beeston

Make-Up ArtistryLevel 3

I would like a career in: Make-up Artistry.

What will I be doing? This course will complement the knowledge, understanding and skills gained at Level 2 and is focused on producing highly proficient, professional Make-up Artists. You will be able to perform professional beauty make-up treatments for clients in the Beauty Therapy industry and theatre.

Units include:

• Applying Make-up

• Camouflage Make-up

• Design and Apply Face and Body Art

• Fashion and Photographic Make-Up

• Instruction on Make-up application

• Media Make-Up

• Health and Safety Practice in the Salon

• Promote Products and Services to Clients

• Client Care and Communication in Beauty related industries

• Two creative hair units


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade A* to C to include English Language or equivalent, or a Level 2 in Beauty Therapy or a Level 2 Make Up qualification. Mature applicants may have to undertake a Literacy and Numeracy assessment if they are unable to produce evidence of entry requirements.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. You present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.


• Diploma Level 3 in Make-up Artistry

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times in College. Kit costs are approximately £596.00. At enrolment you will also be required to pay £30 for a work package.

What can I do when I finish the course? You can go onto Higher Level qualifications or other Beauty, Hairdressing and Make-up Artist courses.


Location Beeston

Nail ServicesLevel 2


What will I be doing? The course is aimed at you if you want to pursue a career in Nail Technology. It is a thriving industry with great potential and a very popular course. Throughout the course, you will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSE at grade A* to D or equivalent or a Level 2 vocational qualification.





What essential information do I need to know? Students will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs approximately £250.00. Order forms will be provided for these at enrolment or at the start of the course.

What can I do when I finish the course? You can continue with further study by progressing onto Level 3 Nail Services course or go into employment at a nail salon.


Location Beeston

Nail ServicesLevel 3


What will I be doing? The course is aimed at those wanting to pursue a career in Nail Technology. It is a thriving industry with great potential and a very popular course.

Mandatory units:












What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSE at grade A* to C or equivalent, one must be English Language or Level 2 vocational qualification in Beauty Therapy or Nails. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement (one side of A4 paper) explaining why you want to do this particular course. This should include what you hope to achieve from the course, your future aspirations, and a little bit about yourself. You will need to bring this to interview.







Location Workplace Beeston

Advanced Apprenticeship in Spa Therapy Level 3

I would like a career in: Spa Therapy.

What will I be doing? You will study the following:


• Provide Body Massage Treatments

• Provide Stone Therapy Treatments

• Promote Additional Services / Products to Customers

• Monitor Clients and the Operation of Sauna, Steam and Hydrotherapy Treatments

• Provide Body Wrapping and Flotation Treatments



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. For the general route students must have an NVQ / VRQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy.



• Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Spa Therapy


What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit for the course. Kit costs for the Spa Therapies route are yet to be confirmed.






Advanced Apprenticeship in Nail ServicesLevel 3


What will I be doing? The course is aimed at those wanting to pursue a career in Nail Technology. It is a thriving industry with great potential and this is a very popular course.

You will study mandatory units:












What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade A* to C or equivalent - one must be English Language - or a Level 2 vocational qualification in Beauty Therapy or Nails.






HAIR AND BEAUTY IMAGE



Women’s and Men’s HairdressingLevel 2


What will I be doing? The Level 2 Women’s and Men’s Hairdressing will enable you to gain a job-ready qualification based on National Occupational Standards for Hairdressing at Level 2. This qualification will equip you with the required attributes, skills, knowledge and understanding needed to perform professional hairdressing services for clients via employment or self-employment in the Hairdressing industry.


• Cut Women’s and Men’s Hair





• Create an Image Based on a Theme




What do I need to get on the course? You will need a Level 1 Hairdressing or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy qualification or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent. Mature applicants may have to undertake an English and Maths assessment if you are unable to produce evidence of entry requirements. A satisfactory reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? There is continuous assessment of each unit. You will present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.




What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £230.75.





The average wage for Social Workers is around...

As a result of the ageing UK population,


Health & Social Care

Whether you want to work with young children or adults with disabilities, health problems, or needing other types of support, our health and social care courses will give you the knowledge and experience to forge a career in the growing care sector.

We offer education and training in Early Years and Health and Social Care at our Beeston and Maid Marian Way centres and you can study full-time, part-time or on an apprenticeship.

If you’re already employed in this sector, you can improve your job prospects by improving your qualifications.

Most courses include work experience and we have many links with local schools, nurseries, hospitals, voluntary organisations and care homes. All teaching staff have an extensive range of experience in the Health, Social Care and Early Years sectors and offer a supportive learning environment.

After completing your course you can choose to work or progress onto Higher Education, including the Foundation Degree in Children’s and Young People’s Services here at Central College.

by 2022 will be in health and care.

292 293



Health and Social CareLevel 1


What will I be doing? This course is aimed at giving you the necessary skills needed to progress onto a higher level Health and Social Care course. The course is over 35 weeks, if you are successful you will have the opportunity to progress onto a Level 2 college or work based Health and Social Care qualification.


• Investigating Rights and Responsibilities at Work

• Managing Your Health at Work

• Preparing for Work Placement

• Learning from Work Placement

• Health and Social Care Needs

• Personal Care in Health and Social Care

• Creative Activities for Children

• Learning Experiences for Children and Young People

• Creative and Leisure Activities for Adults in Health and Social Care

• Promoting Healthy Eating in Care

• Communication with Adults and Children in Health and Social Care

• Job Opportunities in Health and Social Care

• Health and Social Care Group Project



What do I need to get on the course? We welcome applications from you if you have no previous qualifications. However, you will be interviewed and have to complete an initial assessment. Functional Skills and Work Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme. You will also be expected to supply a good school report or reference.

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed by coursework.


• BTEC Diploma in Health and Social Care Level 1

What essential information do I need to know? If you intend to progress onto Level 2, you will need to have a Disclosure and Barring service check (costing £45.00) and attend work experience to assess your suitability for working in this sector.

What can I do when I finish the course? You can continue with further study on one of the following courses:

• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Health and Social Care

• Apprenticeship in Health and Social Care or Childcare

• CACHE Level 2 Diploma in Childcare and Education




I would like a career in: The Health or Social Care sector including Care Assistants, Support Staff in Health, Care or Early Years settings.

What will I be doing? You will study all of the following areas:

• Human Lifespan Development

• Health and Social Care Values

• Effective Communication

• Equality and Diversity

• Individual Rights

• Healthy Living

• Impact of Diet on Health

• Creative and Therapeutic Activities

• Vocational Experience

You will also study GCSE or Functional Skills in English and Maths as appropriate.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need to have 5 GCSEs or equivalent at grades D or above including English Language or Functional Skills English at Level 1. Alternatives to GCSEs include Introductory Diploma in Health and Social Care or CACHE Foundation Certificate at Distinction. Mature applicants will be assessed individually. An excellent reference will be required. Any offer of a place is subject to Disclosure and Barring Service clearance.

How do I pass the course? There are two exams. The rest of the units are assessed by assignments.


• BTEC First Diploma in Health and Social Care

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to pay for their Disclosure and Barring Service check (£45) and T shirt for placement (approx. £10) and pay travel costs to your placement. It is also recommended that a course textbook is bought (approx. £22).

What can I do when I finish the course? With a good tutor recommendation and good performance on placement you could progress into employment or another course such as:

• Apprenticeship in Health and Social Care

• Childcare Level 2

• BTEC Level 3 Health and Social Care (Health Studies or Social Care or combined course)

• Level 3 Diploma in Childcare and Education (Early Years Educator)





What will I be doing? You will attend three different work placements over 2 years.

Subjects studied include:

• Equality, Diversity and Rights

• Health, Safety and Security

• Development through the Life Stages

• Anatomy and Physiology

• Personal and Professional Development

• Sociology and Psychology


Specialist units include:

• Caring for Children and Young People

• Safeguarding Adults

• Nutrition and Research

• Challenging Behaviour

• Dementia Care

• Caring for Older People

• Coping with Change


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C including English Language or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Distinction with Functional Skills Level 2 and a good placement report. For the Health Studies route a GCSE in Science at grade C or BTEC Science at Distinction is essential. A good reference is required. You will need to provide a handwritten personal statement (one side of A4) explaining why you want to do this course. It should include what you hope to achieve from the course, future aspirations and a little bit about yourself. You will need to bring this to your interview. Any offer of a place is subject to Disclosure and Barring Service clearance.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is mainly via coursework.


• BTEC Extended Diploma Level 3 in Health and Social Care

What essential information do I need to know? This course is only for applicants aged 18 years to ensure they can complete the programme without having to pay tuition fees in the second year. You will be expected to pay for a DBS check (£45) and a T-shirt for placement (approx. £10). It is recommended that 2 textbooks are purchased (approx. £22 each). You have to pay for your own travel costs to your placement.

What can I do when I finish the course? Progress on to degree level study in the following areas: Nursing, Social Work, Youth Work, Social Sciences, Occupational Therapy, Speech Therapy, Radiography or Environmental Health.




Health and Social CareLevel 3 (90-Credit Diploma)


What will I be doing? Subjects studied include:

• Communication

• Equality, Diversity and Rights

• Health, Safety and Security

• Development through the Life Stages


• Personal and Professional Development


Plus 4 units from the following:

• Sociology and Psychology

• Caring for Children and Young People

• Safeguarding Adults

• Nutrition

• Health Promotion

• Values and Planning

• Physiological Disorders


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Distinction with a good placement report. You must have GCSE English Language grade C or above or Functional Skills Level 2 English. A good reference is required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

How do I pass the course? There is a substantial amount of coursework required to complete the course. There are no examinations.


• BTEC 90 Credit Diploma in Health and Social Care

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to pay for your DBS check (£45) and a T shirt for placement (approx. £10) and pay travel costs to placement. It is also recommended that 2 course textbooks are bought (approx. £22 each). You will attend two different work placements.

What can I do when I finish the course? Successful completion will allow progression to the Level 3 Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care which is achieved by completing a further year at college. This is normally necessary to proceed to university where you could study Nursing, Social Work, Youth Work, Social Sciences, Occupational Therapy, Speech Therapy, Radiography or Environmental Health.

Alternatively you could progress into employment, apprenticeship or another Level 3 course.



Advanced Apprenticeship in Health and Social CareLevel 3


What will I be doing? Subject areas include:

• Promote Communication

• Engage in Personal Development

• Promote Equality and Inclusion

• Principles for Implementing Duty of Care

• Principles of Safeguarding Protection


• Promote Person-Centred Approaches

• Promote and Implement Health and Safety

• Promote Good Practice in Handling Information


• A range of optional units


What do I need to get on the course? You need to have 5 GCSEs at grades C or above.



• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Health and Social Care



What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a Health or Social Care setting. You will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You have to undergo a Disclosure and Barring Check (DBS) which your employer should pay for and supply you with a uniform.


• Level 5 Leadership and Management


• Senior Care Assistant

• Community Care Assistant

• Progression to Deputy Management



Apprenticeship in Health and Social CareLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Health and Social Care sector.


• Introduction to Duty of Care

• Introduction to Communication

• Introduction to Personal Development

• Introduction to Equality and Inclusion

• Principles of Safeguarding and Protection


• Implement Person-Centred Approaches

• Contribute to Health and Safety

• Handling Information and a range of optional units



What do I need to get on the course? You need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above.



• NVQ Level 2 in Health and Social Care



What essential information do I need to know? You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a Health or Social Care setting. You will be paid a minimum of £2.68ph. You will need to undergo a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check and is commonly paid for by your employer. You will usually be supplied with a uniform.


• BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care

• Level 3 Apprenticeship in Health and Social Care

• BEESTON• STAPLEFORD

Lifeskills Sensory Entry 1 Entry 2 Entry 3 Level 1 ASD Gateway - Transitions & Progression

The courses offered by the Horizons team are designed specifically to meet the needs of all learners with a learning difficulty and/or disability between the ages of 16 and 24.

The Horizons team provides flexible learning programmes for our young people and adults from pre-entry Level through to Level 1. The qualifications are credit-based and include vocational, personal and social development, Maths, English and ICT skills.

We will support you in increasing your confidence, self-esteem, self-awareness and independence skills. You will improve personal and learning skills and gain credits to achieve nationally recognised qualifications.

All our classes are delivered in small groups and learning support is available. All our tutors have specialist additional training and are experienced to recognise and understand your needs, enabling you to enjoy and achieve successfully here at Central College.

300 301

duration 1 year full-timeHow to apply Application Form

Location Stapleford

HorizonsSensory Skills

What will I be doing? The Sensory Skills course is suitable for Pre-Entry Level learners on the milestone continuum 1 to 4 with significant high support needs to prepare you for life and living. You will learn the basic skills of interaction and communication such as making choices, using language, signs and symbols. Classes are kept small and taught in a mixture of traditional classroom and multi-sensory environments by specifically trained and experienced tutors.

The programme consists of a variety of topics with a specific focus on the development of communication and sensory experiences. Topics may include:

• Communication skills

• Number development

• Making ICT accessible

• Personal Awareness

• Music

• Cooking

• Gardening

• Environmental Studies

• Art and Craft

What do I need to get on the course? There are no formal entry requirements. You will be required to attend a guidance interview to find the most appropriate programme to meet your individual needs. All applicants will be assessed to ensure we are able to provide an appropriate and effective support package for you to access the College and the Sensory Skills programme. We welcome applications from young people and adults with learning difficulties and/or disabilities that are working at Pre-Entry Level (Milestones 1 to 4).

How do I pass the course? You will be supported to produce a record of achievement to demonstrate your skills, experience and development in each area of the programme. You will have your own personal tutor to help; support and guide to ensure all needs are met effectively.


• College Certification

What essential information do I need to know? The programme is fully supported and endeavours to provide a positive and rewarding experience and environment for each learner.


• Horizons - Sensory Advanced

• Horizons - Lifeskills


Location Stapleford

HorizonsLifeskills

The Lifeskills course is suitable for Pre-Entry Level learners on the milestone continuum 5 to 8 with learning difficulties and/or disabilities, and who have high support needs.

What will I be doing? You will follow a creative and varied programme where reading, writing and number skills are embedded and practised in a variety of contexts. The course aims to enhance your confidence and independent living skills.

Areas of learning include:

• Workplace Skills

• Following Instructions


• Health and Fitness

• Self-Awareness

• Getting On with Other People

• Cooking

• Exploring Art and Music

• Volunteering

• Looking after Yourself and Your Home

• Using Public Transport

There are also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme and an opportunity for individual students to undertake a supported work placement.


What do I need to get on the course? There are no formal entry requirements. You will need to attend a guidance interview to find the most appropriate programme to meet your individual needs. All applicants with support needs will be assessed to ensure we are able to provide an appropriate and effective support package for you to access the College and the Lifeskills programme.

How do I pass the course? You will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the course. You will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate your skills, knowledge and experience.


• College Certificate

What essential information do I need to know? The programme is fully supported and run in small groups. As the year progresses you will be taken out of College on visits and activities that may incur a very small cost. Central runs various social clubs that you can join to increase your confidence and enhance your independent living skills.


• Horizons - Entry 1 course


• Volunteering Opportunities

• Supported Employment

• Paid employment


Location Stapleford

HorizonsEntry 1

This course is for learners with moderate learning difficulties and/or disabilities.

What will I be doing? You will study English, Maths, ICT, Personal and Social Development, Independent Living and Employability Skills. There is a range of vocational elements which can include:

• Art and Design

• Sport

• Cookery

• Enterprise

There are also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme. In addition, there is an opportunity for all students to undertake a work experience placement and for some a supported internship.


What do I need to get on the course? There are no formal entry requirements. However you will need to attend a guidance interview to see if this is the most appropriate programme to meet your individual needs.

How do I pass the course? You will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the course. You will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate your skills and achievements in each area of the programme.

Individual Learning Action Plan: You will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff. Academic and personal targets will be set, tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.


• Edexcel Certification in Personal Progress

What essential information do I need to know? The programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavours to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner. As the year progresses you will be taken out of College on visits and activities which may incur a very small cost. Central also runs various social clubs that you can join to increase your confidence and enhance your independent living skills outside of normal college times.


• Entry 1 Advanced

• Entry 2 programmes

Further career opportunities include:

• Voluntary opportunities


• Paid Employment


Location Beeston Stapleford

HorizonsEntry 2

This course is for learners with mild / moderate learning difficulties and/or disabilities.


• Art and Design

• Sport

• Cookery

• Enterprise

There is also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme and an opportunity for some students to undertake a work experience placement and/or supported internship.



How do I pass the course? You will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the course. You will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate your skills and achievements in every area of the programme.

Individual Learning Action Plan: This is where you will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff. Academic and personal targets will be set, tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.


• AIM Awards Certificate in Independent Living OR

• Edexcel Certificate in Skills for Independence and Work

What essential information do I need to know? The programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavours to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner. As the year progresses you will be taken out of College on visits and activities which may incur a very small cost. Central runs various social clubs outside of normal hours that you can join to increase your confidence and enhance your independent living skills.



• Entry 3 programmes




• Paid Employment


Location Beeston

HorizonsLevel 1 ASD

What will I be doing? This course is for students with Higher Functioning Autism / Aspergers Syndrome who are ready to move onto a Level 1 course. It has been designed to aid the transition between school and college and to help you adjust to the changes involved. We particularly work on developing communication and social skills, with strategies to enable progress in education and personal development. There is a strong element of tutorial support underpinning the course.

The programme consists of the study of English, Maths, ICT, Personal and Social Development, Independent Living and Employability Skills. There is a range of vocational elements that include:

• Art and Design

• Outdoor Pursuits

• Cookery

• Enterprise

There is also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme and an opportunity for some students to undertake a work experience placement or supported internship.


What do I need to get on the course? There are no formal entry requirements. You will need to attend a guidance interview to ensure this is the most appropriate programme to meet your individual needs. All applicants will take an initial assessment for English and Maths. You will need to provide evidence that you are capable of working predominantly at Level 1. Examples of evidence could include GCSEs at grades E and/or a school reference.

How do I pass the course? You will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the course. You will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate your skills, experiences and knowledge in each area of the programme. Functional Skills have externally set assessments.

Individual Learning Action Planning: All learners will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff.


• AIM Awards Certificate in Skills for Employment and Further Learning (SEFL)

OR • Edexcel Certificate in Vocational Studies

What essential information do I need to know? The programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavours to provide a positive and rewarding learning experience and environment to meet all your learning needs.


• Level 1 ASD Advanced

• Specialist Level 1 or 2 vocational programmes



HorizonsEntry 3

This course is for learners with mild learning difficulties and/or disabilities.

What will I be doing? You will study English, Maths, ICT, Personal and Social Development, Independent Living and Employability Skills

There is a range of vocational elements which can include:

• Art and Design

• Sport / Outdoor Pursuits

• Cookery

• Drama / Film studies

• Enterprise

There is also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme and an opportunity for some students to undertake work experience placements and/or supported internship.




Individual Learning Action Plan: This is where you will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff and assessment results. Academic and personal targets will be set, tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.


• AIM Awards Certificate in Skills for Employment and Further Learning (SEFL)

OR • Edexcel Certificate in Vocational Studies

What essential information do I need to know? The programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavours to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner. As the year progresses you will be taken out of College on visits and activities that may incur a very small cost. Central runs various social clubs that you can join to increase your confidence and enhance your independent living skills.



• Level 1 programmes




• Paid Employment

HORIZONS IMAGE



Gateway - Transitions and ProgressionEntry


• Art and Design

• Sport / Outdoor Pursuits

• Cookery

• Enterprise

• Horticulture

There is also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme and an opportunity for some students to undertake a work experience placement and/or supported internship.




Individual Learning Action Plan: This is where you will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff. Academic and personal targets will be set and tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.


• AIM Awards Certificate in Developing SkillsOR

• Ascentis in Skills for Employment

What essential information do I need to know? The programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavours to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner. As the year progresses you will be taken out of College on visits and activities which may incur a very small cost. Central runs various social clubs outside of normal hours that you can join to increase your confidence and enhance your independent living skills.


• Further Horizons programmes

• Further Education

• Employability


• Voluntary Opportunities


• Paid Employment

• MAID MARIAN WAY• TRENT BRIDGE

Food Preparation & CookingProfessional CookeryHospitality

As a student on our Hospitality and Catering courses, you will train at the world-renowned Trent Bridge cricket ground, thanks to our new partnership. This venue hosts some of the biggest sporting events in the country as well as high quality banqueting and corporate events, and you’ll be at the heart of it as you learn the skills needed to step into this fast paced, dynamic and creative sector.

Our courses will give you a full insight into what it takes to work at a world class sporting venue. The hospitality industry employs more than 10 per cent of the UK workforce –almost three million people work in a wide variety of roles in the hospitality and tourism sector.

310 311


Location Trent Bridge Cricket Ground

Food Preparation and CookingLevel 1

I would like a career in: The Catering industry as a Commis Chef /Catering, Food or Customer Service Assistant.

What will I be doing? The Level 1 Professional Cookery Diploma is an introduction to professional cookery techniques aimed at those who have no formal qualifications or experience. You will learn about basic professional preparation and cookery techniques to enable you to develop your skills and knowledge. You will also gain qualifications in hygiene, food safety and health and safety within a professional kitchen. This qualification gives you a solid foundation in all preparations of fruit, salad and basic food cookery skills.

You will learn about:

• Maintaining a safe, hygienic and secure working environment

• Work effectively as part of the hospitality team

• Maintain food safety when storing, preparing and cooking, such as:

• Preparing Vegetables

• Cooking Vegetables

• Preparing and Cooking Fish

• Preparing and Cooking Meat and Poultry

• Preparing and Finishing Simple Salad and Fruit Dishes

• Preparing and Cooking Pasta, Rice and Eggs



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 3 GCSEs at grade A* to E including English or equivalent and a satisfactory interview.

How do I pass the course? There will be periodic practical and short answer question assessments.


• Level 1 Certificate in Food Preparation and Cooking

What essential information do I need to know? There is a commitment from you to achieve 100% attendance each week and financial commitment to provide course materials (full /partial student funding is available depending on circumstance), please ask student services for further details.

This is an opportunity to develop your professional manner to exemplary first class standards and to practice and develop your skills in readiness for practical assessments at Trent Bridge.


• Level 2 Professional Cookery

• Level 2 Apprenticeship in Hospitality and Catering



Professional Cookery Level 2

I would like a career in: The Hospitality and Catering industry, as a senior Commis Chef, Chef de Partie, industrial chef or catering assistant.

What will I be doing? The professional cookery diploma is an in-depth practical based cookery course. It is recognised and set by the industry for aspiring chefs to continue their culinary approaches to the next level in hospitality and catering within hotels, cafés, restaurants and contract / specialist caterers.

This course is a natural progression for chefs that have studied and achieved the Level 1 Introduction to Professional Cookery Diploma (or equivalent). Other trade experience / accreditation routes may allow you direct entry on to this course. This can be discussed at interview, documentary evidence will be required.



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSE’s at grade A* to D including English or equivalent Functional Skills and a satisfactory interview.

How do I pass the course? There will be periodic practical and short answer question assessments.


• Level 2 Professional Cookery (NVQ) Diploma


You will be expected to contribute pro-actively in all that you do whilst on the programme. This is an opportunity to develop your professional manner to exemplary first class standards and to practice and develop your skills in readiness for periodic practical and theory assessments.

You may have the opportunity to visit local and national hospitality and catering providers and experience a short state side residential to investigate the industry in the USA.


• Level 3 Apprenticeship in Hospitality and Catering

• Level 3 Extended Diploma in Hospitality, Travel and Tourism



Professional Cookery Level 3

I would like a career in: The Hospitality and Catering industry, as a senior Chef de Partie, junior Sous or industrial / contract chef.

What will I be doing? This course has a complex approach to professional cookery and encompasses a broad range of specialist culinary practices and health and safety line management and supervisory skills. Please note; prior successful course completion of Level 2 Professional Cookery and experiences are required to gain access to this course. This course places strong emphasis on the development of leading a team, complex culinary skills and advanced food hygiene practice.


• Prepare, Cook and Finish Complex canapés, desserts, vegetables, fish, meat and soups

• Maintain the Health, Hygiene, Safety and Security of the Working Environment



What do I need to get on the course? You will require 4 GCSE’s at grade A* to D including English or equivalent Functional Skills. You will also need a Level 2 Diploma in Hospitality or equivalent. A satisfactory interview and skills test is also required.

How do I pass the course? There are a variety of practical performance assessments and short answer questioning.


• Professional Cookery Diploma Level 3


You will be expected to contribute pro-actively in all that you do whilst on the programme. This is an opportunity to develop your professional manner to exemplary first class standards and to practice and develop your skills in readiness for periodic practical and theory assessments.


• Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship in Events, Hospitality and Catering

• Higher National Diploma

• Foundation Degree in Hospitality

• Event Management


Location Trent Bridge Cricket Ground Maid Marian Way

HospitalityLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Hospitality and Catering industry including hotels, restaurant, nightclubs, events and catering.

What will I be doing? The aim of this qualification is to give you the opportunity to gain a broad knowledge and understanding of the hospitality industry. This is one of the largest industries in the country with many varied opportunities in hotels, cafes, restaurants and contract caterers. You will study marketing and promotion, cooking, food and beverage service and accommodation service.

Subjects include:

• Introducing the Hospitality industry

• Working in the Hospitality industry

• Food Safety and Health and Safety in Hospitality

• How the Hospitality industry contributes to healthy lifestyles

• Teamwork in Hospitality



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade A* to D including English or equivalent Functional Skills and a satisfactory interview.

How do I pass the course? There are two externally assessed units. Internal assessment will be a mix of practical based, written assignment, role play, practical performance and verbal presentations.


• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Hospitality

What essential information do I need to know? Uniform will be required for this course and must be purchased by you (£40 approximately for each uniform). There will also be visits to industry and a short UK based residential to investigate the industry with a particular focus on customer service.


• Level 2 Apprenticeship in Hospitality

• Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma in Hospitality, Travel and Tourism

HOSPITALITY & CATERING IMAGE

duration 1 or 2 years full-timeHow to apply Application form


HospitalityLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Hospitality and Catering industry.

What will I be doing? This exciting course will equip you with a broad range of knowledge and practical skills to enter employment in the Events and Hospitality industries or to progress to a higher level qualification. The course is extremely broad in content and will enable you to understand and develop high level customer service skills, interpersonal skills to work in high performing teams, supervisory and management skills and financial understanding of the events and hospitality industries. It also places a strong emphasis on the development of catering skills for events, food hygiene, beverage management and business and innovation for success.

Units will include the following:

• Events Organisation in Hospitality

• The Hospitality industry

• Principles of Supervising Customer Service Performance in Hospitality

• Financial Control in Hospitality

• Food and Drinks Service

• Alcoholic Beverage Service

• The Principles of Food Safety Supervision for Catering

• Food Service Organisation

• Hospitality Business Enterprise



What do I need to get on the course? You will require 5 GCSEs at grade A* to C including English or equivalent Functional Skills. A Level 2 Diploma in Hospitality or equivalent with a Merit profile along with a satisfactory interview is required.

How do I pass the course? There are a variety of practical based projects, observations, written assignments / reports, role play, practical performance and verbal presentations throughout the course.


• Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Hospitality

• Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Hospitality

What essential information do I need to know? Uniform will be required for this course and must be purchased by you (approximately £40 per set). You will have the opportunity to undertake work experience in The Gambia in Hospitality or Event management. There may also be opportunity for an overseas residential to Europe to investigate the hospitality industry.


• Level 3 Advanced Apprenticeship in Events, Hospitality and Catering

• Higher National Diploma

• Foundation Degree in Hospitality and / or Event Management

It is anticipated that over

in the East Midlands will be employed in the Police service by 2020

• CLIFTON

Public Services Uniformed Public Services

Our Uniformed Public Services courses offer pathways that can lead to exhilarating careers in the Armed Forces or Emergency Services, as diverse as intelligence linguist with the Army, operator mechanic with the Royal Navy, aircraft technician with the RAF and fire-fighter or paramedic.

Members of our teaching team are from a broad range of armed forces and services backgrounds and all are committed to creating realistic experiences that replicate those you will come across within the sector.

The courses include a mixture of theoretical and practical units with an emphasis on teamwork, communication, self-motivation and discipline. You will learn how the different services work in unison to develop, maintain and protect society.

318 319


Location Clifton

Public ServicesLevel 1

I would like a career in: The Armed or Emergency Services.

What will I be doing? This qualification will give you the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level of study with a hands-on approach and is aimed at those who enjoy participating in practical activities as well as theoretical studies.


• Career progression

• Working in a team

• Introduction to expedition skills

• Taking part in exercise and fitness

• Developing personal skills for leadership

• Improving health and fitness

You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths in addition to group and one to one tutorials.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSE’s at Grade D to E one of which must be English Language or Functional Skills in English at Level 1. You will need to be successful at an initial diagnostic assessment post interview. A good school report or reference is required.

How do I pass the course? Continuous assessment in each of the 11 units. Functional Skills in English and Maths are assessed by exams.


• BTEC Level 1 Diploma in Public Services

What essential information do I need to know? Sensible clothing will need to be worn in classrooms and some uniform is provided for visits, practical units and expeditions for which there will be a small charge (£65). Financial assistance from the college may be available to support this.


• Continue studying by progressing on to a Level 2 Diploma in Public Services


Location Clifton

Public ServicesLevel 2


What will I be doing? This qualification will give you the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level of Public Services and is aimed at those who enjoy participating in practical activities as well as classroom based theory lessons.


• Public Service skills

• Employment in the Uniformed Public Services

• Career planning for the Public Services

• Improving health and fitness

• Sport and recreation

• Land navigation by map and compass

• Expedition skills in the Public Services

You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths in addition to group and one to one tutorials.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSE’s at Grades A* to D which should include English Language. You will need to be successful at an initial diagnostic assessment post interview. A good school report or reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? Continuous assessment in each unit. Functional Skills in English and Maths are assessed by exams.


• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Public Services

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a uniform for wearing during practical lessons, expeditions as well as for external visits (cost £65). There will be a number of visits and practical opportunities throughout the year which will also incur a small cost. Financial assistance from the college may be available to support this.

What can I do when I finish the course? Continue studying by progressing on to either

• Level 3 (90 Credit) Diploma in Public Services

• Extended Diploma in Public Services


Location Clifton

Uniformed Public ServicesLevel 3


What will I be doing? This qualification will give you the necessary skills to progress onto Higher Education or Employment in the Uniformed Public services. It is equivalent to 3 A levels.


• Government, Policies and the Public Services


• Citizenship, Diversity and the Public Services

• Fitness Testing and Training

• Career Planning for the Public Services

• Outdoor and Adventurous Expeditions

• Understanding Discipline

• Crime and its Effects on Society

• Planning and Management of Major Incidents


• The Impact of War, Conflict and Terrorism



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSE’s Grades A to C which should include English Language and Maths or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit or Distinction Grades. All learners will be interviewed, carry out initial diagnostic assessments and attend a practical taster day. A good report or reference is required.

How do I pass the course? There will be continuous assessment in each of the units.


• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Uniformed Public Services

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a uniform which will be required for visits, practical units and expeditions (cost £65). There will be a number of visits and expeditions for which there will be a small charge. Financial assistance from the college may be available to support this.


• Higher Education including Foundation Degrees

• BA Degrees in Law and Criminology, Psychology or Social Sciences


Location Clifton

Uniformed Public ServicesLevel 3 (90 Credit Diploma)


What will I be doing? This qualification will give you the necessary skills to progress onto Higher Education or Employment in the Uniformed Public services. It is equivalent to one and a half A levels.


• Government, Policies and the Public Services


• Citizenship, Diversity and the Public Services

• Fitness Testing and Training

• Career Planning for the Public Services

• Understanding Discipline

• Physical Preparation, Health and Lifestyle for the Public Services


• Communication and Technology in the Uniformed Public Services

• Aspects of the Legal System and Law-making Process

• Land Navigation by Map and Compass



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSE’s Grades A to C which should include English Language and Maths or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit or Distinction Grades. All learners will be interviewed and carry out initial diagnostic assessments. A good report or reference is required.

How do I pass the course? There will be continuous assessment in each of the units.


• BTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in Uniformed Public Services

What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to purchase a uniform which will be required for visits, practical units and expeditions (cost £65). There will be a number of visits and expeditions for which there will be a small charge. Financial assistance from the college may be available to support this.

What can I do when I finish the course? Progression onto the Level 3 Extended Diploma in Uniformed Public Services and afterwards continuing onto Higher Education including:

• Foundation Degrees

• BA Degrees in Law and Criminology, Psychology or Social Sciences


Applied Science Applied Science - Medical or Forensic Applied Science - Medical, Forensic or Applied Applied Science - Access to Nursing Dental Nursing Dental Technician Horticulture Laboratory Technician Pharmacy (Dispensing) Assistant Pharmacy Services

It is anticipated that the need for people to work as Medical & Dental Technicians will increase by almost...

With celebrity scientists such as Brian Cox and will.i.am championing STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths) subjects, Science is becoming more popular than ever.

Central became the first college in the region to secure ‘STEM Assured’ status which means you can be confident you’re getting real and relevant learning, recognised by employers and industry. In addition, we have Associate College status with the Royal Society; a fellowship of the world’s most eminent Scientists. We are also successfully affiliated to the Royal Society of Physics and the Institute of Physics.

Science subjects are an exciting long-term career option. Our Science courses cover a broad base and open up career opportunities in hospitals and industries such as life sciences, pharmaceuticals, environmental health, forensics and biochemistry.

It is anticipated that almost

in the East Midlands will be needed to work in nursing roles by 2020

324 325

1 year

MMW

Applied Science - Medical or ForensicScience



Applied ScienceLevel 1

I would like a career in: a science related industry, a laboratory, a hospital environment.

What will I be doing? This is a practical, work-related course where you will study in a realistic laboratory work environment. The course will prepare you for progression onto further science based qualifications. It also provides a sound foundation pathway for those wanting to enter the health and science professions. Tutorials will build on your team-working, problem solving and communication skills.

Subjects include:

• Biology

• Chemistry

• Physics

• Nutrition

• Research

A taster Forensic unit will also be available. You will be expected to achieve Functional Skills in English and Maths at least to Level 1.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 3 GCSEs at grade E to G to include Maths and Science. English Language is desirable but not essential, however if you do not have evidence of qualifications, you will need to demonstrate you are working at Level 1 in English and Maths. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in literacy and numeracy prior to interview. A good reference will be required.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is assignment based throughout the course. Your progression will be monitored during academic tutorials.


• Pearson BTEC Level 1 Diploma in Applied Science

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles while working in the laboratories.


• Level 2 Diploma in Applied Science (Medical or Forensic pathway)



Applied Science: Medical and ForensicLevel 2

I would like a career in: a laboratory, a hospital, a forensics dept or a science related industry / occupation.

What will I be doing? This is a practical, work-related course and you will study in a realistic laboratory work environment. The course prepares you for progression onto further science- based qualifications. It also provides a pathway for those wanting to further develop their skills and knowledge within the health and science professions. You will be expected to study both Functional Skills in English and Maths to Level 2.

Depending upon the chosen pathway, you will study from the following units:

• Applications of Chemical Substances

• Applications of Physical Science

• Practical Scientific Project

• The Living Body

• Science in Medicine

• Biology and Our Environment

• Investigating a Crime Scene

• Investigating Human Behaviour


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade D or above, including Science GCSE or BTEC Level 1 Applied Science, with Functional Skills at minimum Level 1 in English and Maths. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in literacy and numeracy prior to interview. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is assignment based throughout the course. Your progression will be monitored during academic tutorials.


• Edexcel BTEC Level 2 First Extended Certificate in Applied Science – Medical or Forensic pathway

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles while working in the laboratories.


• BTEC Level 3 course in Medical, Forensic or Applied Science


Location Maid Marian Way – Medical and Forensic Science Beeston – Applied Science

Applied Science: Medical, Forensic or Applied ScienceLevel 3

I would like a career in: the Science industry, a microbiology lab, genetics, engineering, a hospital related career, forensics, psychology, criminology, nursing, as an operating theatre practitioner, in radiography, health sciences, or as a pharmacy or lab technician Apprentice.

What will I be doing? This course is offered as three separate pathways: Applied, Medical or Forensic Science.

Depending upon the chosen pathway, you will study from the following units:

• Microbiological Techniques

• Criminology

• Using Statistics in Science

• Physiology of Human Body Systems

• Criminal Psychology

• Astronomy

• Biochemistry / Biochemical Techniques

• Medical Physics Techniques

• Chemistry for Biology Technicians

• Genetics and Genetic Engineering

• Chemical Laboratory Techniques

• Diseases and Infections

• Criminal Investigation Procedures / Practice


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C which must include Maths, English and Science, or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Science at Merit grade overall and functional skills in English and Maths at Level 2.


• Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Applied Science (Applied, Medical or Forensic pathway)

What essential information do I need to know? You will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles while working in the laboratory.


• The course is equivalent to three A levels but it is possible to do one year and achieve the equivalent of three AS levels

• Degrees in Health Science, Chemistry, Biology, Animal Science, Nursing / Midwifery, Biomedical Science, Microbiological Science, Forensic Science, Criminology, Psychology, Environmental / Conservation

• Foundation Degree in Forensic Criminology

• HNC / HND in Biology or Chemistry



Applied Science - Pre-Access to NursingLevel 2

I would like a career in: Nursing.

What will I be doing? This qualification is intended for you if you have no formal qualifications and need to develop your skills and knowledge before progressing onto a Level 3 Access to Nursing diploma and you are returning to learning after a break from education.

You will undertake a Level 2 BTEC Science course plus GCSEs in English and the equivalent in Maths. Units include principles of Science, Biology and our Environment, Scientific Skills, and the Living Body.


What do I need to get on the course? Although no formal qualifications are required, you must be able to show your ability to develop your skills and work towards a Level 2 standard, and so all applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, prior to interview. You will need to provide evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is through a combination of GCSE examinations and achieving the Level 2 Science certificate.


• GCSE and a Level 2 BTEC qualification in Science


• Access to Nursing diploma

• Access to Science

• Access to Engineering

Grade C in GCSE and a minimum merit overall in the BTEC Science is required to progress onto the above Access courses.

• Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Science


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Cleaning and Support Service SkillsLevel 2

I would like a career in: Cleaning.

What will I be doing? Cleaning and Support Service duties cover a variety of job roles within a wide range of organisations. You could work as a hygiene operative, specialist cleaner, window cleaner, caretaker, food premises cleaner and passenger transport valet.

On the Apprenticeship you will undertake:

• Certificate in Cleaning and Support Service Skills Level 2 - the choice of units will depend on your job role and duties

• Certificate in Cleaning Principles





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade D or above. These must include English Language or Maths or an equivalent qualification. You must also be employed as an apprentice in a suitable cleaning role.

How do I pass the course? All units on the NVQ are assessed mainly by observation of your workplace practice by an assessor. The evidence of assessments confirming competence of practice will be compiled with contributions from you and your assessor. You will sit externally set and marked multiple choice questions for the Certificate in Cleaning Principles. Functional skills is assessed through an examination.


• Level 2 Certificate in Cleaning and Support Service Skills

• Level 2 Certificate in Cleaning Principles




• Employment in a cleaning role

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Cleaning



Advanced Apprenticeship in dental NursingLevel 3

I would like a career in: Dental Nursing.

What will I be doing? The role of the dental nurse is to provide ‘chair-side support’ and patient care for the dental team including Dentists, Dental Therapists, Hygienists and Technicians. Dental nurses are regulated by the General Dental Council and can be employed in general practice, hospitals or the community dental services. This Apprenticeship programme will provide you with the essential qualifications and skills to register with the General Dental Council.

This qualification contains 15 mandatory units completed via a paperless portfolio. Delivery includes workshops in the College on a day release basis and assessment in your workplace

• Award in Employment and Personal Learning Skills in Health Level 3



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs A* to C or equivalent including English and Maths.

How do I pass the course? The Diploma in Dental Nursing assessment is primarily through observation and witness testimonies, although other forms of evidence may be used. In addition you will take a multiple choice exam covering the key knowledge units. Your Functional Skills are assessed through written examination. For the Award in Employment and Personal Learning Skills in Health, assessment is via an e-portfolio.


• City and Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Dental Nursing

• Level 3 Award in Employment and Personal Learning Skills in Health


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of on the job training is undertaken in your workplace. Attendance at College is on a day release basis every other week. This is a demanding but rewarding programme, usually completed in 18 months. Apprentices must be employed for a minimum of 30 hours. Contracted hours include the day release to College.

What can I do when I finish the course? Registration with the General Dental Council and employment as a Dental Nurse. A range of post-graduate Dental Nursing related qualifications can be gained as part of the mandatory Continuing Professional Development.


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Horticulture Level 2

I would like a career in: Horticulture.

What will I be doing? Horticulture is for those working in one of the following roles relating to growing and maintaining plants: maintaining grounds used for sport and/or recreation; working in a garden centre setting selling plants and flowers to the public; or as a production worker working within glasshouses or on farms. As an Apprentice the route will be selected to match the job role and duties you are doing.

On the Apprenticeship there is one specialist qualification, Level 2 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture. This includes both competence and knowledge. Elements will be achieved through completion of the mandatory and optional units. The choice of knowledge units will depend on the role decided at the start of the course.

In addition you will study:





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade D or above. These must include English Language or Maths, or an equivalent qualification. You must also be employed as an Apprentice in a suitable horticulture role.

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed mainly by observation of your workplace practice by an assessor. The evidence of assessments confirming competence of practice will be compiled with contributions from you and your assessor. You will also complete a multiple choice assessment.


• Level 2 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture




• Gardener / Landscaper

• Garden Centre Worker

• Production Worker

• Machinery Operator

• Groundsman

duration Approximately 3 yearsHow to apply Application form


Advanced Apprenticeship for dental TechniciansLevel 3

I would like a career as a: Dental Technician.

What will I be doing? The role of the dental technician is to design and manufacture dentures, dental crowns and bridges and orthodontic braces using various materials, and design and construct appliances to meet each patient’s needs. Dental technicians are members of the DCP’s (Dental Care Professionals) team and are regulated by the General Dental Council. This Apprenticeship programme will provide you with the essential qualifications to register with the General Dental Council as a dental technician.

• NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities: To complete this qualification you will need to achieve eight units, a minimum of 60 credits, of which five are mandatory units

• Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Dental Technology (QCF): All 18 units on this qualification are mandatory. The study for this is undertaken in College on a day release basis.

• Functional Skills Maths, English and ICT


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grade C or above (or equivalent) including English, Maths and a Science. You will have an interview with a dexterity test.

How do I pass the course? The NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Skills is assessed in your workplace. The BTEC Extended Diploma is assessed via assignments throughout the course. A great emphasis is placed on practical dental technology skills development, as you must meet the high quality needs of employers. Functional Skills are assessed through an external examination.


• NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Skills

• BTEC Extended Diploma




• Registration with the General Dental Council and a career as a Dental Technician


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Pharmacy (dispensing) AssistantLevel 2

I would like a career as a: Pharmacy Assistant.

What will I be doing? A Pharmacy (Dispensing) Assistant undertakes a range of duties within the Pharmacy sector. These include:

• The sale of over the counter medicines

• Identifying customers’ symptoms and developing product knowledge

• Receiving prescriptions from individuals and assembling and issuing prescribed items under Pharmacist supervision.

The course will cover all the essential elements needed to carry out the role of a Pharmacy Assistant.

Subjects include:

• Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Pharmacy Service Skills (QCF): includes three mandatory units plus four optional units selected to meet your specific job role

• Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Pharmaceutical Science (QCF): includes three mandatory units plus three optional units





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs grade D or above. These must include English Language or an equivalent qualification.

How do I pass the course? NVQ Certificate in Pharmacy Service Skills is via continuous assessment in the workplace.

BTEC Certificate in Pharmaceutical Science units are assessed by assignment. Assignments are graded Pass, Merit or Distinction.

Functional Skills are assessed by external examination.


• NVQ Certificate in Pharmacy Service Skills

• BTEC Certificate in Pharmaceutical Science




• Advanced Apprenticeship in Pharmacy Level 3

• Employment as a Pharmacy Assistant



Advanced Apprenticeship in Laboratory TechnicianLevel 3

I would like a career as a: Laboratory Science Technician.

What will I be doing? This Apprenticeship is designed for trainee Laboratory and Science Technicians who carry out laboratory testing and perform a variety of technical support functions to help Scientists and other Technicians. It will enable you to develop the knowledge and skills needed in this area of work. It is also suitable for Technicians in an educational role, for example, at a school or college. You will attend College one day a week.

• NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities Level 3: four mandatory units and further optional units relevant to your specific job role

• BTEC Diploma in Applied Science Level 3: six mandatory units plus seven optional units



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs A* to C or equivalent including English, Maths and Science. You must obtain an Apprenticeship job in a relevant role.

How do I pass the course? NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Skills is via continuous assessment in your workplace. Assessment includes BTEC assignments throughout the course. Your Functional skills are assessed through a written examination.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities

• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science




• HNC / HND in either Applied Chemistry or Applied Biology

• Science Technician Higher Apprenticeship



Advanced Apprenticeship in Pharmacy ServicesLevel 3

I would like a career in: Pharmacy Services.

What will I be doing? Pharmacy Technicians, under Pharmacist supervision, assist in the supply of medicines to patients, assemble medicines for prescriptions, provide information to patients and other healthcare professionals and manage areas of medicines supply e.g. dispensaries. On successful completion of this Apprenticeship you will be able to register with the General Pharmaceutical Council.

• Level 3 Diploma in Pharmacy Service Skills (NVQ) includes 14 mandatory units and three optional units completed via a paperless portfolio and delivered in your workplace

• BTEC Diploma in Pharmaceutical Science Level 3 – this qualification contains 18 mandatory units





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs Grades A* to C in English, Maths and a Science.

How do I pass the course? Level 3 Diploma in Pharmacy Service Skills (NVQ): All units are assessed in your workplace. BTEC Diploma in Pharmaceutical Science is assessed by assignment throughout the course and graded Pass, Merit and Distinction. Functional Skills are assessed via external examinations.


• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Pharmacy Service Skills

• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Pharmaceutical Science


What essential information do I need to know? A significant amount of on the job training is undertaken in your workplace. Attendance at College is on a day release basis. You must be employed for a minimum of 30 hours in a trainee pharmacy technician role in either a hospital or community pharmacy. Contracted hours include the day release to College.


• Employment as a Pharmacy Technician in a community or hospital. Continuing Professional Development is a mandatory requirement as a Pharmacy Technician


Location Workplace

Apprenticeship in Warehousing and StorageLevel 2

I would like a career in: Warehousing.

What will I be doing? In your role as a Warehouse Operative you will work as part of a team. You may be required to load / unload vehicles. You will also have delegated responsibility for the correct selection and packing of customer orders, ensuring they are ready for dispatch on time.

On the Apprenticeship you will undertake a Certificate in Warehousing and Storage Level 2. This is a combined qualification that covers the knowledge and competence needed. Elements will be achieved through completion of the mandatory and optional units. The choice of knowledge units will depend on the role decided at the start of the course. In addition you will study:





What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grade D or above. These must include English Language or Maths or an equivalent qualification. You must also be employed as an Apprentice in a suitable warehousing role.

How do I pass the course? All units are assessed mainly by observation of your workplace practice by an assessor. The evidence of assessments confirming competence of practice will be compiled with contributions from you and your assessor.


• Level 2 Certificate in Warehousing and Storage




• Employment as a Warehouse Operative

• Advanced Apprenticeship in Warehousing

Sport

• BASFORD UTD FC• CLIFTON

Sport Sport - Development, Coaching & Fitness Sport - Performance & Excellence Sports, Business & Marketing Personal Training

We offer a wide range of Sport courses, one of the key factors in making us the number one FE provider of sport in Nottinghamshire. Our students have gone on to become personal trainers, PE teachers, nutritionists, leisure managers, professional sports coaches and professional athletes.

Our courses have pathways in sports development, fitness, training, coaching, sports business and marketing. You will benefit from a well-rounded educational and sporting experience that can lead to exciting careers or onto further or higher level study.

We offer sports academies in a variety of sports and our course timetables are managed to also allow you weekly participation in practical sessions and the BCS leagues/competitions on a Wednesday.

You will also be able to get involved in residential trips in the UK and overseas, including on our award winning Balls to Poverty project in South Africa and Uganda. There is also an annual visit to The Gambia to coach school children in Banjul.

It is predicted that the number of fitness instructors and sports coaches will increase nationally by more than...

338 339


Location Clifton Basford United FC

SportLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry such as a Sport Leader, Sport Coach or Leisure Attendant.

What will I be doing? This course offers a mixture of academic and practical sessions around the Sport and Leisure industry such as:

• Health, Safety and Welfare in Sport and Active Leisure

• Safeguarding and Protecting Children in Sport and Active Leisure

• Plan, deliver and evaluate Sport and Active Leisure Activities

• Understanding the Active Leisure and Learning Sector

• Facility Operations

• Participation in Sport

• Physical Preparation for Sport

• People Skills

• Technical and Tactical Requirements of Sport

• Leading a Healthy Lifestyle

• Event Planning and Organisation


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D (English Language is desirable but not essential) or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. You will be expected to work towards Functional Skills in both English and Maths whilst on the course. A good reference will also be required. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service check.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed by assignments, practical observation and written tests.


• City and Guilds Level 2 Diploma in Sport

What essential information do I need to know? There may be opportunities for external visits and trips. You will need to purchase sports kit (approximately £85) for use in practical sessions and at external events. All subjects / modules are subject to change.


• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Sport or any other Level 2 sport related qualification

• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport

• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport Development

• CYQ L3 Diploma in Personal Training


Location Clifton

SportLevel 1

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry.

What will I be doing? The course provides an excellent insight into the Sport and Active Leisure industry and the many opportunities that exist within the sector. You will try a range of sports and learn about the many different careers in this growing industry.

Subjects include:

• Taking part in Exercise and Fitness

• Planning own Fitness Programmes

• Working in Sport and Leisure

• Taking part in Sport


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades D to E or alternative equivalent qualification. You will be expected to work towards Functional Skills in both English and Maths whilst on the course. A suitable reference will also be required. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service check.

How do I pass the course? You will be assessed by assignments, practical observation and written tests.


• BTEC Level 1 Diploma in Vocational Studies

What essential information do I need to know? There may be opportunities for external visits and trips. You will need to purchase sports kit (approx. £85) for use in practical sessions and at external events. All subjects / modules are subject to change.


• Level 2 sport related qualification

• An Apprenticeship

• Level 2 course in another subject / sector



Apprenticeship in SportLevel 2

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry including Sports Leader / Coach, Leisure Attendants or Instructors.

What will I be doing? The majority of this programme will be undertaken within the workplace. This could be at a Leisure Centre, a School, coaching a sports team or in a gym / fitness environment.






What do I need to get on the course? You should have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. You will need to have a contract of employment for a minimum of 30 hours per week for a 12 month period. A good reference will be required.



• NVQ Level 2 in Sport (Activity Leaders or Leisure Operations




What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to obtain employment in a Sports / Leisure setting before enrolling. You will need to fund your own travel costs to placement. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if you work for the minimum of 30 hours. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

What can I do when I finish the course? It is possible to progress onto the one of the following:

• Level 3 Apprenticeship

• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport (Development, Coaching and Fitness)

• BTEC Level 3 Diplomas in Sport, Media and Journalism or Sport, Business and Marketing


duration 12-18 monthsHow to apply Application form


Advanced Apprenticeship in SportLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Sport industry.

What will I be doing? The majority of this course will be carried out within the workplace. This could be within a Leisure Centre, a School, coaching a sports team or a gym / fitness environment. Your classes will be delivered at the college. You will need to have a contract of employment for a minimum of 30 hours per week for a 12 month period.



• Certificate in Managing Sport Volunteers




What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at grades C or above. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the organisation that would employ you. A good reference will be required.



• NVQ Level 3 in Sport Development

• Level 3 Award in Employment Awareness in Active Leisure & Learning

• Level 3 Certificate in Managing Sport Volunteers



What essential information do I need to know? You will be required to obtain employment before enrolling. You will need to fund your own travel costs to placement. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if you work for the minimum of 30 hours. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

What can I do when I finish the course? On completion you may achieve a full-time position with your employer. If you wish to continue studying you will need good tutor and employer recommendations. It is possible to progress onto the one of the following:

• University Sport course



Location Clifton

Sport: development, Coaching and FitnessLevel 3 (90 Credit Diploma)

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry including Sport Development Officer, Sport Performer and Coaching, PE Teaching or Working in the Health, Fitness and Exercise Industry.

What will I be doing? There are excellent opportunities to gain experience in a range of roles at local, national and international sporting events.

The course is for 1 year with most learners extending their course into a 2nd year studying the Extended Diploma.

Units could include:

Anatomy and Physiology; Physiology of Sport; Fitness Training; Exercise Health and Lifestyle; Assessing Risk in Sportand Sport Coaching; Analysis of Sport Performance and Talent ID; Sport Development; Fitness Testing; Instructing Physical Activity and Exercise; Practical Team and Individual Sport; Sport Events; Current Issues in Sport; Outdoor Adventure; Sport Massage and Sport Injuries; Sport Psychology; Leadership and Rules and Regulations; Nutrition and Exercise for Specific Groups.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (Cs in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good reference will also be required. You will be expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service check.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is from a wide range of methods. These include essays, reports, practical coaching, practical performance, discussions and presentations.


• BTEC Level 3 90 credit Diploma in Sport. Year 2 (if taken) to include the Level 3 Extended Diploma

What essential information do I need to know? There may be opportunities for external visits and trips. You will need to purchase a sports kit (approximately £85) for use in practical sessions and at external events.


• Employment in the sport industry

• Level 3 study then onto Degree or Foundation Degree in Sport Coaching / Fitness / Science

• PE Teaching

• CYQ in Personal Training and other related qualifications


Location Clifton

Sport: development, Coaching and FitnessLevel 3 (Subsidiary Diploma)

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry including Sport Leader / Coach, Leisure Attendants or Instructors.


The course is for 1 year with most learners extending their course into a 2nd year studying the National Diploma.


Anatomy and Physiology; Physiology of Sport; Fitness Training; Exercise Health and Lifestyle; Assessing Risk in Sport and Sports Coaching; Analysis of Sport Performance and Talent ID; Sport Development; Fitness Testing; Practical Team and Individual Sport; Sports Events; Current Issues in Sport; Sports Psychology; Leadership and Rules and Regulations and Nutrition.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include English Language at Grade C / D (Maths and PE are desirable but not essential) or Functional Skills English at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service check.



• BTEC Subsidiary Level 3 Diploma in Sport. Year 2 (if taken) to include the Level 3 National Diploma





• PE Teaching



Location Clifton

Sport: development, Coaching and FitnessLevel 3 (Extended Diploma)

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry including Sport Development Officer, Sport Performer and Coaching, PE Teaching or Working in the Health, Fitness and Exercise Industry.


Year 1 will focus on general sport units. In Year 2 you will specialise in one of these areas: Coaching and Sport Development, Exercise and Fitness or Business.


Anatomy and Physiology; Physiology of Sport; Fitness Training; Exercise Health and Lifestyle; Assessing Risk in Sport and Sports Coaching; Analysis of Sport Performance and Talent ID; Sport Development; Fitness Testing; Instructing Physical Activity and Exercise; Practical Team and Individual Sport; Sport Events; Current Issues in Sport; Outdoor Adventure; Sport Massage and Sport Injuries; Sport Psychology; Leadership and Rules and Regulations; Nutrition and Exercise for Specific Groups.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (Cs in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good reference will also be required. You will be expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service check.



• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in Sport





• PE Teaching



Location Clifton

Sport: development, Coaching and FitnessLevel 3 (National Diploma)

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry including Sport Leader / Coach, Leisure Attendants or Instructors.

What will I be doing? This 2 year full-time course is designed for you if you are are motivated to gain employment in the sports industry. It combines academic and practical study in a broad spectrum of disciplines in sport that will help learners achieve their goals. This is an excellent course for individuals wanting to progress onto further study or alternatively pursue a career in Sport Performance, Coaching or Development.

There are excellent opportunities within the course to gain experience in a range of roles at local, national and international sporting events as an athlete or volunteer and to pick up a whole range of additional relevant coaching awards that will enable you to gain part-time employment opportunities whilst still studying.

Year 1 of the course is completing the Subsidiary Diploma and year 2 is completing the National Diploma.

Subjects include:

Anatomy and Physiology; Physiology of Sport; Assessing Risk in Sport; Nutrition; Sport Development; Fitness Testing; Practical Team Sport; Sport Events; Practical Individual Sport; Sport Psychology; Fitness Training and any additional qualifications.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include English Language at Grade C / D (Maths and PE are desirable but not essential) or Functional Skills English at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. You are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service check.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is from a wide range of methods which are completed for each unit and displayed in a portfolio of evidence. These include essays, reports, practical coaching, practical performance, discussions and presentations.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Sport



• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in Sport


• Foundation Degree in Sport Coaching


Location Clifton Basford United FC and other football clubs

Sport: Performance and ExcellenceLevel 3 (90 Credit Diploma)

I would like a career in: The Football industry.

What will I be doing? This course is designed for elite level footballers who are motivated to gain employment in the football and sport industry. It combines academic and practical study in a broad spectrum of disciplines in sport that will help learners achieve their goals. There are excellent opportunities to gain experience in a range of roles at local, national and international sporting events. The course includes practical BTEC units which aim to develop your sport and exercise leadership abilities as well as your own match fitness. Other units develop your academic knowledge to help you understand all aspects of sport performance. Further units help provide an insight into the support services in the football and sport industry.


What do I need to get on the course? Students will be selected and recruited by the Sport Academy Manager and Head Coach. You will need 5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma Merit grade (Pre-16s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications.

Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (Cs in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good academic and football reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is from a wide range of methods on a continuous basis. The 90 Credit Diploma is completed in year 1 and the Extended Diploma offered in year 2.


• BTEC 90 Credit Level 3 Diploma in Sport (Performance and Excellence)

What essential information do I need to know? Students will need to purchase sports kit (approximately £85) for use in practical sessions and at external events. There will also be an additional charge for the elite training kit. All subjects / modules are subject to change. Students are expected to complete a DBS check.


• Further study at Level 3

• Employment in the Football industry



Sport: Performance and ExcellenceLevel 3 (Subsidiary Diploma)




What do I need to get on the course? Students will be selected and recruited by the Sport Academy Manager and Head Coach. You will need 4 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma Merit grade (Pre-16s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications.

Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C / D (Cs in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good academic and football reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is from a wide range of methods on a continuous basis. The Subsidiary is completed in year 1 and the National Diploma offered in year 2.


• BTEC Subsidiary Level 3 Diploma in Sport (Performance and Excellence)



• Further study at Level 3

• Employment in the Football industry


Location Clifton Basford United FC and other football club

Sport: Performance and ExcellenceLevel 3 (National Diploma)


What will I be doing? This course is designed for elite level footballers who are motivated to gain employment in the football and sport industry. It combines academic and practical study in a broad spectrum of disciplines in sport that will help learners achieve their goals. There are excellent opportunities to gain experience in a range of roles at local, national and international sporting events.

The course includes practical BTEC units which aim to develop your sport and exercise leadership abilities as well as your own match fitness. Other units develop your academic knowledge to help you understand all aspects of sport performance. Further units help provide an insight into the support services in the football and sport industry.


What do I need to get on the course? Students will be selected and recruited by the Sport Academy Manager and Head Coach. You will need 4 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma Merit grade (Pre-16s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C/D (Cs in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good academic and football reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is from a wide range of methods on a continuous basis.


• BTEC National Level 3 Diploma in Sport (Performance and Excellence)

What essential information do I need to know? There may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase sports kit (approximately £85) for use in practical sessions and at external events. There will also be an additional charge for the elite training kit. All subjects / modules are subject to change. Students are expected to complete a DBS check.



• CYQ in Personal Training

• Other Sport related Higher Education courses



Sport: Performance and ExcellenceLevel 3 (Extended Diploma)




What do I need to get on the course? Students will be selected and recruited by the Sport Academy Manager and Head Coach.You will need 5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma Merit grade (Pre-16s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications.

Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (Cs in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good academic and football reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

How do I pass the course? Assessment is from a wide range of methods on a continuous basis.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diploma in Sport (Performance and Excellence)



• Degree and Foundation Degrees in Football Studies

• Sport Coaching

• Sport Science Fitness

• CYQ in Personal Training

duration 22 weeksHow to apply Application form

Location Clifton

Personal TrainingLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry being a Personal Trainer.

What will I be doing? This is an intensive course ideal for Fitness / Gym instructors or those wanting to enter the fitness industry and work on a regular one to one basis with clients. The qualification provides background knowledge and skills for advanced programming, instructing and coaching.

The CYQ Level 3 Diploma in Personal Training qualification is recognised by REPs (Register of Exercise Professionals) at Level 3 and is highly respected within the industry.

• Advanced Gym Instructor


• Nutrition and Weight Management

• Fitness Assessment

• Training Outdoors

• Business and Marketing

• Sport Conditioning

• Circuit Training


What do I need to get on the course? You must be a minimum of 18 years old. A Level 2 Gym qualification is desirable, however for those of you who have not acquired this prior to the start of the course, the first semester of the full Diploma in Personal Training is dedicated to this. Fitness industry experience is desirable. All applicants should have English Language GCSE A* to C or Functional Skills in an English qualification at Level 2. Those without will need to pass a diagnostic assessment prior to enrolment. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? This qualification incorporates internal and external assessment through a combination of practical, theory and course work submission.



What essential information do I need to know? Throughout this course you will be given the opportunity to study a range of other professional industry fitness qualifications that will further enhance your career prospects. Please note that fees are attached to this and will be discussed at interview.


• Special Populations Personal Training

• Foundation Degree in Applied Sport Coaching

• Level 4 REPS


Location Clifton

Sports, Business and MarketingLevel 3

I would like a career in: The Sport and Leisure industry.

What will I be doing? This course is for you if you are aspiring to explore a career in the sport industry or potentially combine Sport with Business and Marketing. An insight will be given into the structure of both the sport and business sectors and provide opportunities for progression to study Sport and/or Business and Marketing in Higher Education. Year 1 will focus on sport units (90 credit diploma) and in year 2 you will specialise in modules specific to the business and marketing sectors.

Subjects might include: Anatomy and Physiology; Assessing Risk in Sport; Training and Fitness for Sport; Sport Coaching and Sport Events; Sport Development and Sport Legacy; Fitness Testing For Sport and Exercise; Practical Individual and Team Sport; Sport and Society; Leadership in Sport and Psychology for Sport.

Business and Marketing units might include: The Business Environment; Business Resources; Introduction to Marketing; Business Communication; Creative Product Promotion and Market Research in Business.


What do I need to get on the course? You will need 5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (C in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good reference will also be required. You will be expected to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check.

How do I pass the course? Assessment will include: coaching with planning and evaluation; practical sports performance; journals; presentations; written reports and discussions in both subject disciplines. You will develop a portfolio of evidence for all units completed.


• BTEC National Level 3 Diploma in Sport

• BTEC Subsidiary Diploma in Business and Marketing

• Year 1 = 90 Credit Diploma in Sport

What essential information do I need to know? There may be opportunities for external visits and trips. You will need to purchase sports kit (approximately £85) for use in practical sessions and at external events.


• Degrees in Sport Business / Marketing


• BSc in Sport Related Degree

• BEd Teaching

• CYQ Personal Trainer Award

• MAID MARIAN WAY

Aviation Operations with Cabin Crew Travel & TourismThe number of people in the UK working

in the air travel industry as cabin crew or with passengers on the ground is

estimated to rise to more than

The Travel and Tourism industry is one of the fastest growing sectors of the UK economy and employs more people worldwide than any other industry. The direct contribution of Travel and Tourism to the world economy in 2013 was more than US $2 trillion - and 101 million jobs. As a result, the opportunities available in the industry are vast.

At Central we have developed a wide range of Travel and Tourism courses and have gained a reputation for delivering high quality provision which will help you to secure a place at university or employment in the industry.

Our full-time courses involve a range of study visits, fundraising activities and field trips to complement classroom-based lessons. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a UK, European, or African based residential trip.

354 355



Aviation Operations with Cabin CrewLevel 2

I would like a career in: Airline check in, Cabin Crew and/or Airport Operations.

What will I be doing? This is a City and Guilds vocational programme equivalent to 4 GCSEs at A* to C grade. It is designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge necessary for a career in the aviation industry or the qualifications to gain a place on an advanced level course.

You will cover units including:

• Recognising Air Side Hazards

• Effective Communications and Transfer

• Check in Aviation Passengers

• Handling Reports of Lost or Stolen Luggage

• Marshall Aircraft

• Provide Ticket Desk Services

• Operate a Vehicle Air-side

• Health Safety and Security



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D, BTEC Level 1 Diploma or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language at grade D or above or Functional Skills in English Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? Regular assessment is by ongoing coursework and your progress is also monitored through tutorials. Assessments will also take place on a UK or a European-based residential trip.


• City and Guilds Level 2 Diploma in Aviation Operations on the Ground

Additional Qualifications:

• Basic Introduction to Air Cabin Crew

• Functional Skills

• Global Citizenship

What essential information do I need to know? There will be a cost for the UK or European-based residential and day trips (approx. £200 for UK or £350 for Europe). It is traditional that you will be involved in fundraising activities with fellow students in order to reduce the costs. Daytrips to Blackpool, Liverpool and East Midlands Airport are an integral part of this course. You must wear uniform and purchase a white shirt and black trousers/ skirt and the college aviation scarf or tie costing approximately £8.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma or Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism

• BTEC Level 3 in Hospitality at Trent Bridge

• Level 3 Diploma in Aviation

• Employment at the Airport



Travel and TourismLevel 3 Extended Diploma

I would like a career in: Travel and Tourism industry.

What will I be doing? This course has been developed to meet the needs of the Travel and Tourism industry. You will also study a qualification in Global Citizenship, an innovative project to raise awareness of global issues. This will increase your chances of gaining employment in the globalised Travel and Tourism industry.

Units include:

• Entertainment for Holiday Makers

• The Cruise Sector

• Customer Service

• Holiday Representatives

• Investigating Travel and Tourism

• Tourist Destinations and Visitor Attractions

• Residential Visit



What do I need to get on the course? For the Extended Diploma, you will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C, or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade. For the Diploma, you will need 4 GCSEs at grade A* to C, or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Pass grade. Both the Extended Diploma and the Diploma must include GCSE English Language at grade C or above or Functional Skills in English at Level 2. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? Regular assessment through ongoing coursework and on residential trips. Your progress is also monitored via tutorials.


• BTEC Extended Level 3 Diplomain Travel and Tourism

What essential information do I need to know? As part of your course you will need to take part in regular trips to local tourist destinations. In your first year you will attend a residential in the UK or Europe (cost approx. £250-£350). In your second year you may visit The Gambia for two weeks (cost approx. £700) to undertake work experience and other projects. These costs include travel, accommodation, activities and some meals. You will be able to follow a payment schedule to spread out the costs.

What can I do when I finish the course? Continue on to Higher Education, including Degrees and HND’s in related Business, Marketing or Travel and Tourism courses.

Careers Opportunities include:

• Cabin Crew

• Resort Representative

• Travel Agent

• Countryside Recreation

• Hospitality

• Theme Parks and Attractions



Travel and TourismLevel 2

I would like a career in: Resort representatives, travel agency, tour operations, tourist attractions, airports and airlines.

What will I be doing? This is a vocational programme equivalent to 4 GCSEs at A* to C grade. It is designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge necessary for a career in the Travel or Tourism industries, or the qualifications to gain a place on an Advanced level course.

Units include:

• The UK Travel and Tourism Industry

• Understanding Customer Service

• UK Travel Destinations

• Exploring Marketing

• European Holiday Destinations

• Organising a Travel and Tourism Study Visit



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D, BTEC Level 1 Diploma or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language at grade D or above or Functional Skills in English Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? Regular assessment of coursework is ongoing and your progress is also monitored via tutorials. Assessments will also take place on residential visits. This may be in the UK or Europe, dependent upon cost.


• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Travel and Tourism

Additional Qualifications:


• Introduction to Global Citizenship

What essential information do I need to know? There will be a cost to students for the UK based residential and day trips (approximately £220). It is a tradition that students undertake fundraising activities in order to reduce the costs. Daytrips to Blackpool, Liverpool, Manchester and Alton Towers Hotel and Resort are an integral part of this course.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Travel and Aviation

• BTEC Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism

• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Hospitality

• Resort Representatives and Cabin Crew

• Part-time language course to complement your qualification

duration 1 or 2 years full-timeHow to apply Application form


Aviation Operations with Certificate in Air Cabin CrewLevel 3 Diploma and Level 2 Certificate

I would like a career in: Aviation or Air Cabin Crew.

What will I be doing? This course is very practical and includes role play and work in our state-of-the-art, mock up cabin.

The Aviation course includes:

• Passenger Terminal Management

• Handling Air Passengers

• Aircraft Marshalling

• Health, Safety and Security within the Airport

• Managing Conflict

Air Cabin Crew Service includes:

• Working as Cabin Crew

• Aircraft Emergency Situations and Airline Health, Safety and Security

• Passenger Customer Service and Passenger Announcements

• Cabin Service - Selling Techniques



What do I need to get on the course? You will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C, or a BTEC Diploma Level 2 at Merit grade, or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language at GCSE grade C or above, or equivalent qualifications. A good reference will also be required.

How do I pass the course? Regular assessment through on-going coursework and your progress is monitored via tutorials. Assessment is also carried out overseas on residential trips. Cabin Crew skills are assessed in class and mock cabin. Assignments may include reports, task sheets, role-plays, videos and practicals.


• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Aviation Operations

• Certificate Level 2 with Air Cabin Crew

What essential information do I need to know? The course will include a one-week residential to a European resort (cost approx. £350). There will also be a trip to Nottingham East Midlands or Heathrow Airport for Cabin Crew training (approx. £35) with various other trips and activities planned. You must wear uniform and purchase a white shirt and black trousers/ skirt and the college aviation scarf or tie costing approximately £8.


• BTEC Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism

• HND Travel and Tourism or Aviation

• Part-time language course to complement your qualification


• Air Cabin Crew Industry

• Airport and Airline Operative

• Airline Retail and Airline Security

Our Higher Education guide lists our Foundation Degrees, HNCs and HNDs. These are available in a diverse and interesting range of subjects and will help you on to that next step. Some of our higher level courses are accredited by Universities such as Nottingham Trent University, Derby University and Edexcel. These courses are up to two years long and will give you a great platform to go on to complete a full Honours Degree or onto employment.

Completing a course of study within higher education brings benefits on many levels. In terms of your future job, a degree can lead to increased earning potential, greater opportunities and a more rewarding career.

With our vast network of employers and staff with current industry experience we guarantee the vocational relevance of our higher education courses so that what you learn will be relevant and useful.

In their latest review, the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) gave a resounding endorsement of our higher education provision and our courses are validated by Nottingham Trent University and the University of Derby.

In the 2014 National Student Survey, Central was ranked higher than the average for colleges for our Teaching, Academic Support and Personal Development. Many students tell us that they wouldn’t have achieved a university degree if it wasn’t for college-based higher education.

College-based HE offers you the opportunity to study locally and enjoy a more economical route to a degree!

We offer smaller teaching groups and intensive academic support to enable you to achieve success and maximise your potential.

The highlight of a student’s Higher Education course is ultimately the Graduation Ceremony.

The achievements of our Higher Education Graduates from 2013 were celebrated at a very special Awards Ceremony held at the Albert Hall in Nottingham in November 2013.

360 361

FUNCTIONAL SKILLS

Many academic and vocational qualifications are only indicators of an individual’s ability in a specific specialist area, whereas Functional Skills are the generic skills of English, Maths and ICT that are important in everything that we do:

•atschool•atcollege•atwork•athome•inpreparingforuniversity.

Our aim is to ensure that you have a Level 2 qualification in both Maths and English when you move on to employment or higher education. If you have not previously achieved GCSE Maths and/or English at A*-C and GCSEs are not really appropriate for you, the more practical, applied Functional Skills will be included in your programme of study up to and including Level 2. In a highly competitive world, Functional Skills can be those extra qualifications that tip the balance in your favour when applying for a job or a university place. Functional Skills qualifications are evidence for your CV that you can compete with the best.

EqUALITY dIVERSITY & INCLUSIONAt Central College Nottingham you have a right to be treated with respect and dignity during your time with us as a learner, member of staff, visitor or service user. To achieve this the college will ensure that you are not treated unfairly for reasons which cannot be legitimately justified. Central College Nottingham is proud of and values the contributions made by the rich diversity of all who work and learn here. It is our aim to provide an inclusive working and learning environment where everyone in the College community is fully respected and supported.

In January 2014 the College was awarded the ‘Investors in Diversity’ accreditation in recognition of its commitment to embracing and celebrating the values of Equality, Diversity & Inclusion (EDI).

CAREERS AdVICE & GUIdANCEWhether you are looking for a general interest or leisure course, professional qualifications or a further or higher education programme, College staff can help you decide on the right course for you. You can discuss your career prospects or interests with one of the College’s Advisors. A course tutor will be able to help with course specific queries.Contact Student Services for more information: 0115 914 6414

AddITIONAL LEARNING SUPPORT FOR FE STUdENTSWe have a large team of specialist tutors and provide a variety of methods of support for students with additional needs. Students with physical disabilities, mobility problems, hearing and sight impairment, dyslexia and other needs can rely on professional and dedicated support. We will endeavour to provide support staff, adapted facilities and specialist equipment at all times.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYThe College has invested substantial financial resources into the development of Information Technology suites at all of our centres. The College has both PC and Apple Mac workstations and networks. We provide a wide range of applications; computer aided learning software and industry standard packages. Access to IT facilities, the internet and email services are available to all students upon completion of an induction training package.

LIBRARYThe College Library Service plays an important role in supporting you during your studies. Libraries are based at the main centres and provide you with access to a wide variety of learning resources as well as the opportunity to study in an encouraging, welcoming and safe environment. The service helps to enhance the quality of education provided by the College to all students whether as individuals or groups.

You are able to access a range of online resources, databases and e-books. Library staff will help you to use them as well as providing help on accessing the College virtual learning environment. Whatever the format, the Library Service is there to help you find and evaluate the information you need to achieve success in your studies.

English and Maths are an essential part of your studies and will help you succeed on your course. These subjects will help you develop confidence and are the key employability skills that all employers now look for when recruiting.

362 363

16-18 BURSARY FUNd 16-18 Bursary Fund is available to ‘home’ students aged between 16 and 18 on 31st August 2014 studying on eligible courses. Learners do not have to live in Nottinghamshire to be eligible, but support will be based on individual need and related to the household or learner income.Help is usually given in the form of targeted support towards the specific and actual costs involved in coming to College, such as:• Required course kit/equipment• Essential study visits• Examination re-sits• Travel to and from College (where

learners live more than 1.5 miles away from their main site of study). This will normally be by way of a discounted travel pass – details will be available in August.

Applications are accepted from the end of August. Forms are available from Student Finance or your Centre Reception.16-18 VULNERABLE STUdENT BURSARY (VSB) Vulnerable students aged 16-18 will be eligible to receive a special VSB of £1,200. Vulnerable students are specifically named as:• Young people in Care or Care Leavers• Young people in receipt of Income

Support or Universal Credit• Young people in receipt of both

Employment Support Allowance and Disability Living Allowance or Employment and Support Allowance and Personal Independence Payment (PIP)

The £1,200 support package will be tailored to meet the needs of the individual student and may contain help with transport, kit and other course costs.

19+ STUdENT FUNd The 19+ Student Fund is part of the Discretionary Learner Support Funds provided by the Government and distributed by colleges. Support is available to full or part-time ‘home’ students, aged 19 or over on 31st August 2014, enrolled on a Government funded, priority course, who can demonstrate need. This support is income related. You do not have to live in Nottinghamshire to be eligible for help from this fund. Help is usually given in the form of support towards specific and actual costs involved in coming to College, such as kit and equipment costs or travel costs.Travel costs can be supported for learners whose home is not within reasonable walking distance from their main centre of study - we would normally expect a learner to be able to walk 1.5 miles each way. Special consideration may be given to students with disabilities or with caring responsibilities. Discounted travel passes should be available at the start of the year, details will be available in August.

For those students in receipt of benefits, such assistance is normally disregarded by the DWP and therefore help from the 19+ Student Fund should not affect benefits, however, learners should declare any assistance given.

Students with children under the age of 20 may be eligible for Care to Learn Funding - please ask for an application pack or contact Care to Learn on 0800 121 8989.

If you are aged 20+ and need support with the cost of childcare while you are at College, we may be able to help towards the costs of Ofsted registered childcare subject to you meeting eligibility criteria (as above for 19+ Student Fund). Please contact the Student Finance Team, by telephoning 0115 914 6414.

Students aged 16-18 on a full-time course do not need to pay a tuition fee. Students aged 19 or above may have to pay course fees which can be paid before the course starts or by instalments over the duration of an academic year. Some students over 19 may qualify for ‘tuition fee remission’ from the Skills Funding Agency (SFA). Students aged 24+ studying on a Level 3 course will not qualify for fee remission but may take out a 24+ Advanced Learning Loan to cover their course fees – please see below.

24+ AdVANCEd LEARNING LOANSIn August 2013, the government introduced student loans for all students aged 24 and above, who want to study or train at Level 3 and above*. The loans are called 24+ Advanced Learning Loans. 24+ Advanced Learning Loans will enable students aged 24 and above to cover the cost of any tuition and exam fees, so they don’t have to pay these costs upfront. Applications for 24+ Advanced Learning Loans will be via the Student Loans Company (SLC) and any repayment of the loan won’t start until the student is earning over £21,000 a year. Interest on the loans will be lower than anything on the high street and linked to inflation. Any outstanding balance will be written off after 30 years.For students studying Access to Higher Education courses, the government has agreed that for those students who move onto Higher Education and complete their Higher Education programme, the Student Loans Company will write off any amount outstanding on the loan for their Access to Higher Education course. Applications for 24+ Advanced Learning Loans are available via www.direct.gov.uk/educationandlearning. You will need a Learning and Funding Letter from the College to enable you to make your application.

24+ AdVANCEd LEARNING LOAN BURSARY The 24+ Bursary is available to students who are eligible for the 24+ Learning Loan. If you have taken out a loan this should cover your course fees including any course costs that are essential for you to complete your learning aim/qualification (in most cases). The 24+ Bursary fund is available to support additional costs associated with coming to College that are not covered by the Loan.The College will prioritise Additional Learning Support needs, travel, childcare and other hardship costs. Application forms for 24+ Bursary and 24+ Bursary Childcare will be available from Student Finance or your centre Reception or by calling Student Finance on 0115 914 6414.If you would prefer an application form posting to you, or would like to talk to someone about your particular circumstances, please telephone the Student Finance Team on 0115 914 6414

*Note: Qualifications eligible for loans must meet certain criteria - please check the Student Finance England website for details www.gov.uk/advanced-learning-loans

364 365

1 Nottingham, NG1 6AB

2 Nottingham, NG1 2NB

3 Convent Street, Nottingham, NG1 3LL

4 Nottingham, NG2 3AH

8 High Road, Chilwell, Nottingham, NG9 4AH

11 Farnborough Road, Nottingham, NG11 8LU

10 NETA House, Duke Street,Nottingham, NG7 7JN

9 Church Street, Nottingham, NG9 8GA

12 Mere Way, Ruddington Fields Business Park Nottingham, NG11 6JZ

The College is well served by public transport. Bus route details are on the next page.

7 Greenwich Avenue, Nottingham, NG6 0LD

Nottingham, NG2 6AG

5

6 Science Park, University Boulevard Nottingham, NG7 2RU

College Locations Partner Locations

23

10

69

8

11

4

5

7

12

1

366 367

SITE/LOCATION BUS COMPANY LINE NAME/NUMBER

Basford United Football Club NCT 68/69

Beeston NCT Orange 36

Trent Barton Indigo

City Centre - London Road NCT All buses to City

City Centre - Maid Marian Way NCT All buses to City

Trent Barton All buses to City

City Centre - Wheeler Gate NCT All buses to City


Confetti NCT All buses to City


Clifton NCT Navy 2/3

Highfields NCT 34

New Basford NCT Yellow 68/69/70/71

Ruddington - EMTEC Trent Barton Ruddington Connection

Stapleford Trent Barton Rainbow 4

Trent Bridge Cricket Ground NCT Navy 1/2/3/4

Green 5/6/7/8/9/10/11


The College is well served by public transport. Below are details of each of our sites along with the bus or buses running to each one.

If you want any further information or advice, or want a Part-time, Higher Education, Choices or International guide please contact our telephone enquiry centre on 0115 914 6414 or send an email to [email protected]

HIGHER EdUCATIONIf you have considered continuing with your studies after the age of 18, it will probably be with Higher Education or university-level courses. A Higher Education programme at Central College Nottingham can provide the most direct route to your chosen career.

PART TIME COURSESInside this guide you will find a wide range of part-time learning opportunities designed to cater for all lifestyles including morning, afternoon and evening options. If you are looking to pursue a professional qualification to help you get that promotion at work or if you simply want to further a personal interest or even learn something completely new, you are bound to find something to interest you.

INTERNATIONAL STUdENTSFull-time applications for international students must be made via the International Office, using an International Application Form. Please contact us for more information:T: +44 (0)115 884 2218 or E: [email protected]

CENTRAL CHOICESProviding a wide range of learning pathways and subject choices for students in schools. For more information about how to access these options contact the Choices Team on:T: 0115 884 2840 or E: [email protected]

368

Central College Nottingham 0115 914 6414 [email protected] centralnottingham.ac.uk